WO2024032391A1 - Beam indication method and apparatus, and related device - Google Patents

Beam indication method and apparatus, and related device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024032391A1
WO2024032391A1 PCT/CN2023/109922 CN2023109922W WO2024032391A1 WO 2024032391 A1 WO2024032391 A1 WO 2024032391A1 CN 2023109922 W CN2023109922 W CN 2023109922W WO 2024032391 A1 WO2024032391 A1 WO 2024032391A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
indication
signaling
activation code
status
tci
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/109922
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
李辉
苏昕
高秋彬
骆亚娟
Original Assignee
大唐移动通信设备有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 filed Critical 大唐移动通信设备有限公司
Publication of WO2024032391A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024032391A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04BTRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/02Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
    • H04B7/04Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
    • H04B7/08Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the receiving station
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates to the field of wireless communication technology, and in particular, to a beam indicating method, device and related equipment.
  • the downlink channel includes the Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) and the Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH).
  • the uplink channel includes the Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDCCH).
  • Uplink Shared Channel Physical Uplink Shared Channel, referred to as PUSCH
  • Physical Uplink Control Channel Physical Uplink Control Channel, referred to as PUCCH.
  • PUSCH Physical Uplink Shared Channel
  • PUCCH Physical Uplink Control Channel
  • uplink and downlink channels are usually transmitted after beamforming to enhance coverage.
  • signaling needs to be used to indicate the beam during channel transmission and determine the beams of different channels. Beam direction, i.e. beam indication.
  • the present disclosure provides a method, device and related equipment for beam indication.
  • a beam indication method is provided, which is executed by a terminal device.
  • the method includes: receiving a first signaling sent by a network device; and including a first indication domain in the first signaling.
  • at least one TCI (Transmission Configuration Indication, Transmission Configuration Indication) status/status group is determined according to the one first indication field; in the case that the first signaling includes multiple second indication fields, according to each Each of the second indication fields determines a TCI status/status group, wherein the TCI status is used to indicate a type of beam, and the TCI status group is used to indicate a type of beam group.
  • TCI Transmission Configuration Indication
  • Transmission Configuration Indication Transmission Configuration Indication
  • the beam indication method further includes: receiving second signaling sent by the network device, the second signaling being used to indicate the correspondence between the activation code point and the TCI state/TCI state group; Determining at least one TCI status/status group according to the first indication field includes: determining at least one TCI corresponding to the activation code point in the first indication field according to the correspondence relationship of the second signaling indication. Status/TCI status group; Determining a TCI status/status group according to each second indication domain includes: determining a TCI status/status group in each second indication domain according to the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication. Activate a TCI state/TCI state group corresponding to the code point.
  • the activation code point indicated by the second signaling includes a first activation code point, and the first activation code point corresponds to multiple TCI states/state groups.
  • each of the TCI states/status groups corresponding to the first activation code point has an association relationship with a TRP; and the first first activation code point is determined based on the corresponding relationship indicated by the second signaling.
  • Indicate at least one TCI state/TCI state group corresponding to the activation code point in the field including: determining that the activation code point in the first indication field is the first activation code based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication
  • the TCI status/status group of the multiple TRPs is determined based on the multiple TCI status/status groups corresponding to the first activation code point and the TRP associated with each TCI status/status group.
  • each of the second indication fields has an associated relationship with a TRP; and based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication, the activation code point corresponding to each of the second indication fields is determined.
  • a TCI state/TCI state group includes: when it is determined that at least one activation code point indicated by the second indication field is the first activation code point based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication, from the Determine an effective TCI state/state group among multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point; determine the TCI state of the TRP associated with the at least one second indication domain based on the effective TCI state/state group. /status group.
  • each TCI status/status group corresponding to the first activation code point has an association relationship with a TRP; and each of the first activation code points is determined according to the corresponding relationship indicated by the second signaling.
  • a TCI state/TCI state group corresponding to activation code points in two indication fields including: determining at least one activation code point indicated by the second indication field to be the first based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication.
  • determine an effective TCI state/state group from multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point; determine the effective TCI state according to the effective TCI state/state group.
  • the effective TCI status/status group is one of the following: among the multiple TCI status/status groups corresponding to the first activation code point, the TCI status/status group that meets the set sorting position ; Or, among the multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point, the TCI state/state group associated with the TRP is the same as the TRP associated with the second indication field.
  • the activation code points indicated by the second signaling include a second activation code point, and the second activation code point corresponds to one TCI state/state group.
  • determining a TCI state/TCI state group corresponding to each activation code point in the second indication field according to the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication includes: based on the first When the corresponding relationship between two signaling indications determines that at least one activation code point indicated by the second indication field is the second activation code point, it is determined according to the TCI status/status group corresponding to the second activation code point.
  • the at least one second indication domain is associated with the TCI status/status group of the TRP.
  • the beam indication method further includes: including a first indication domain in the first signaling, and determining the first indication domain based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication.
  • the activation code point is the second activation code point
  • the second activation code based on the second signaling indication Switch the terminal device from multiple TRPs to a single TRP based on the first switching information associated with the point; or, include a first indication field in the first signaling, and based on the corresponding relationship indicated by the second signaling
  • the terminal device is switched from multi-TRP to single-TRP based on the second switching information carried in the first signaling.
  • the terminal device is switched from multiple TRPs to a single TRP based on the switching strategy corresponding to the set conditions.
  • the beam indication method further includes: including a first indication domain in the first signaling, and determining the first indication domain based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication.
  • the activation code point is the second activation code point, update the TCI status/status of one TRP among the multiple TRPs adopted by the terminal device according to the TCI status/status group corresponding to the second activation code point.
  • the first signaling includes a first indication field, and based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication, it is determined that the activation code point in the first indication field is the second activation code In the case of point, based on the first update information associated with the second activation code point indicated by the second signaling, update the TCI status/status group of one TRP among the multiple TRPs adopted by the terminal device; or, When the first signaling includes a first indication field, and the activation code point in the first indication field is determined to be the second activation code point based on the correspondence relationship of the second signaling indication.
  • the update strategy corresponding to the setting conditions is based on the , update the TCI status/status group of one TRP among the multiple TRPs adopted by the terminal device.
  • the activation code point is one of the activation code points indicated by the second signaling field corresponding to the first indication field; the activation code point in the second indication field is the activation code point corresponding to the second indication field.
  • the corresponding relationship between each of the second signaling and the first indication domain or the second indication domain is determined in one of the following ways: the second signaling and the The same TRP is associated with the first indication domain or the second indication domain; or, the first signaling carries association indication information, and the association indication information is used to indicate the The second signaling associated with the first indication field or the second indication field.
  • the association indication information occupies at least one bit in the first indication field or the second indication field.
  • the first indication field includes at least two activation code points respectively corresponding to different second signaling indications; and the first indication is determined according to the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indications.
  • At least one TCI status/TCI status group corresponding to the activation code point in an indication field includes: for any one activation code point among the at least two activation code points, querying the second activation code point corresponding to the one activation code point. The corresponding relationship indicated by the signaling is used to determine at least one TCI state/TCI state group corresponding to the one activation code point.
  • a beam indication method is provided, which is executed by a network device.
  • the method includes: sending a first signaling to a terminal device; wherein the first signaling includes a first indication field. , for the terminal device to determine multiple TCI states/status groups according to the one first indication field; or, the first signaling includes a plurality of second indication fields, for the terminal device to determine multiple TCI states/status groups according to each
  • the second indication field determines a TCI status/status group, wherein the TCI status is used to indicate a type of beam, and the TCI status group is used to indicate a type of beam group.
  • the beam indication method further includes: sending second signaling to the terminal device; wherein the second signaling is used to indicate the correspondence between the activation code point and the TCI state/TCI state group Relationship; the first indication field is used by the terminal device to determine at least one TCI state/TCI state corresponding to the activation code point in the first indication field according to the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication. Group; each of the second indication fields is used by the terminal device to determine a TCI status/TCI corresponding to the activation code point in each of the second indication fields according to the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication. status group.
  • the activation code point of the second signaling includes a first activation code point, and the first activation code point corresponds to multiple TCI states/state groups.
  • each of the TCI states/status groups corresponding to the first activation code point has an association relationship with the TRP, for the terminal device to determine the corresponding relationship based on the second signaling indication.
  • the activation code point in the first indication field is the first activation code point
  • the location of each TCI state/status group Correlate TRPs and determine the TCI status/status group of multiple TRPs.
  • each of the second indication fields has an associated relationship with a TRP, which is used by the terminal device to determine at least one activation code indicated by the second indication field based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication.
  • a TRP which is used by the terminal device to determine at least one activation code indicated by the second indication field based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication.
  • each TCI status/status group corresponding to the first activation code point has an association relationship with a TRP, for the terminal device to determine at least one based on the corresponding relationship indicated by the second signaling.
  • the activation code point indicated by the second indication field is the first activation code point, determine an effective TCI state/state group from multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point; According to the effective TCI state/state group, the TCI state/state group of the TRP associated with the effective TCI state/state group is determined.
  • the effective TCI status/status group is one of the following: among the multiple TCI status/status groups corresponding to the first activation code point, the TCI status/status group that meets the set sorting position ; Or, among the multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point, the TCI state/state group associated with the TRP, wherein the TRP is the same as the TRP associated with the second indication domain.
  • the activation code points indicated by the second signaling include a second activation code point, and the second activation code point corresponds to one TCI state/state group.
  • the TCI state/state group corresponding to the second activation code point is used by the terminal device to determine the activation of at least one of the second indication domain indications based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication. If the code point is the second activation code point, the TCI status/status group of the TRP associated with the at least one second indication domain is determined according to the TCI status/status group corresponding to the second activation code point.
  • the second activation code point is used to: include a first indication field in the first signaling, and determine the first indication based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication.
  • the activation code point in the domain is the second activation code point
  • the second activation code point based on the second signaling indication Activating the first switching information associated with the code point, switching the terminal device from multiple TRPs to a single TRP; or, including a first indication field in the first signaling, and based on the second signaling indication
  • the terminal device is switched from the multi-TRP based on the second switching information carried in the first signaling.
  • the terminal device is switched from multiple TRPs to a single TRP based on the switching strategy corresponding to the set conditions.
  • the second activation code point is used to: include a first indication field in the first signaling, and determine the first indication based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication.
  • the activation code point in the domain is the second activation code point
  • the TCI status of one TRP among the multiple TRPs adopted by the terminal device is updated according to the TCI status/status group corresponding to the second activation code point.
  • a first indication field is included in the first signaling, and based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication, it is determined that the activation code point in the first indication field is the second
  • the first signaling includes a first indication field, and based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication, it is determined that the activation code point in the first indication field is the second activation code point.
  • second indication fields and it is determined based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication that the second activation code point in the plurality of second indication fields meets the setting conditions, based on the corresponding setting conditions Update the policy to update the TCI status/status group of one TRP among the multiple TRPs used by the terminal device.
  • the activation code point is one of the activation code points indicated by the second signaling field corresponding to the first indication field; the activation code point in the second indication field is the activation code point corresponding to the second indication field.
  • the corresponding relationship between each of the second signaling and the first indication domain or the second indication domain is determined in one of the following ways: the second signaling and the The first indication domain or the second indication domain is associated with the same TRP; or, the first signaling carries association indication information, and the association indication information is used to indicate all the information in the first signaling.
  • the association indication information occupies at least one bit in the first indication field or the second indication field.
  • the first indication field includes at least two code points respectively corresponding to different second signaling indications; wherein any one of the at least two activation code points is used for
  • the terminal device queries the corresponding relationship indicated by the second signaling corresponding to the one activation code point to determine at least one TCI state/TCI state group corresponding to the one activation code point.
  • a terminal device including a memory, a transceiver, and a processor: the memory is used to store a computer program; the transceiver is used to send and receive data under the control of the processor; the processor , used to read the computer program in the memory and perform the following operations: receive the first signaling sent by the network device; in the case where the first signaling includes a first indication field, according to the first An indication field determines at least one TCI status/status group; when the first signaling includes multiple second indication domains, one TCI status/status group is determined according to each second indication domain.
  • a network device including a memory, a transceiver, and a processor: the memory is used to store a computer program; the transceiver is used to send and receive data under the control of the processor; the processor , used to read the computer program in the memory and perform the following operations: send the first signaling to the terminal device; wherein the first signaling includes a first indication field for the terminal device to operate according to the The one first indication field determines at least one TCI status/status group; or, the first signaling includes a plurality of second indication fields, for the terminal device to determine a TCI according to each of the second indication fields.
  • Status/status group wherein the TCI status is used to indicate a type of beam, and the TCI status group is used to indicate a type of beam group.
  • a beam indication device including: a receiving module, configured to receive a first signaling sent by a network device; and a processing module, configured to include a first signaling in the first signaling.
  • a receiving module configured to receive a first signaling sent by a network device
  • a processing module configured to include a first signaling in the first signaling.
  • at least one TCI status/status group is determined based on the one first indication domain; in the case of multiple second indication domains included in the first signaling, at least one TCI status/status group is determined based on each of the second indication fields.
  • the domain determines a TCI state/state group, wherein the TCI state is used to indicate a type of beam, and the TCI status group is used to indicate a type of beam group.
  • a beam indication device including: a sending module configured to send first signaling to a terminal device; wherein the first signaling includes a first indication field for The terminal device determines at least one TCI status/status group according to the one first indication field; or, the first signaling includes a plurality of second indication fields for the terminal device to determine according to each of the first indication fields.
  • the second indication field determines a TCI status/status group, wherein the TCI status is used to indicate a type of beam, and the TCI status group is used to indicate a type of beam group.
  • a processor-readable storage medium stores a computer program.
  • the computer program is used to cause the processor to execute the implementation of the first aspect of the present disclosure.
  • the beam indication method described in the example, or the beam indication method described in the embodiment of the second aspect of the present disclosure is performed.
  • a computer program product including a computer program that, when executed by a processor, implements the beam pointing method described in the embodiment of the first aspect of the present disclosure, or executes the present disclosure The beam pointing method described in the embodiment of the second aspect.
  • the technical solution of the present disclosure is to receive the first signaling sent by the network device; when the first signaling includes a first indication field, at least one TCI status/status group is determined according to a first indication field; in the first When a signaling includes multiple second indication fields, a TCI state/state group is determined according to each second indication field, where the TCI state is used to indicate a type of beam, and the TCI state group is used to Indicates a beam group.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic flowchart of a beam indication method provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • Figure 2 is a schematic flow chart of another beam indication method provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 3 is a schematic flow chart of another beam indication method provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 4 is a schematic flow chart of another beam indication method provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 5 is a schematic flowchart of another beam indication method provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 6 is a schematic flowchart of another beam indication method provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 7 is a schematic flow chart of another beam indication method provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 8 is a schematic flowchart of another beam indication method provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 9 is a schematic flowchart of another beam indication method provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 10 is a schematic flowchart of another beam indication method provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a beam indicating device provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a beam pointing device provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the term "and/or” describes the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists alone. these three situations.
  • the character "/” generally indicates that the related objects are in an "or” relationship.
  • the term “plurality” refers to two or more than two, and other quantifiers are similar to it.
  • a method of using one beam indication signaling to indicate multiple channel beams activates a set of TCI states through MAC-CE (signaling of the control element of the MAC layer), and then uses DCI (Downlink Control Information, downlink control information) indicating one of the active TCI states.
  • DCI Downlink Control Information
  • Two DCI instructions can be used, one of which is DCI format 1_1 or DCI format 1_2 with data scheduling, and the other is DCI format 1_1 or DCI format 1_2 without data scheduling.
  • the beam indicated by the beam indication signaling can be used for both the uplink channel and the downlink channel.
  • joint TCI mode joint TCI mode
  • MPE maximum permissible exposure, maximum allowable loss
  • the terminal equipment needs to switch the uplink beam
  • the uplink channel will use a different beam from the downlink channel, so the beam indication signaling needs to indicate the uplink channel beam and the downlink channel beam respectively.
  • This When configured as independent uplink and downlink TCI mode (separate DL/UL TCI mode).
  • this mechanism of NR Rel-17 only supports single TRP (Transmission Reception Point, transmission and reception node) transmission.
  • each CORESET control resource set
  • CORESETPoolIndex control resource set pool index
  • the corresponding TCI status/status group needs to be indicated for multiple TRPs.
  • the number of required TCI states/state groups will increase compared to the single TRP (sTRP) scenario. Therefore, the method of beam indication needs to be expanded.
  • the base station can only update the TCI status/status group of one of the TRPs, or switch between mTRP and sTRP. In related technologies, there is no relevant solution to determine whether mTRP transmission or sTRP transmission requires passing the beam. Instructions are distinguished.
  • the present disclosure proposes a beam indication method, device and related equipment.
  • the method and the device are based on the same application concept. Since the principles of the method and the device to solve the problem are similar, the implementation of the device and the method can be referred to each other, and the repeated details will not be repeated.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic flowchart of a beam indication method provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure. It should be noted that the beam indication method in the embodiment of the present disclosure can be executed by the terminal device.
  • the beam pointing method may include the following steps 101 to 103.
  • Step 101 Receive the first signaling sent by the network device.
  • the terminal device may receive the first signaling sent by the network device, where the first signaling is, for example, DCI signaling or MAC-CE signaling.
  • the terminal device involved in the embodiments of the present disclosure may be a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to the user, a handheld device with a wireless connection function, or other processing devices connected to a wireless modem, etc. .
  • the names of terminal equipment may also be different.
  • the terminal equipment may be called User Equipment (UE).
  • Wireless terminal equipment can communicate with one or more core networks (Core Network, CN) via a Radio Access Network (RAN).
  • Core Network Core Network
  • RAN Radio Access Network
  • the wireless terminal equipment can be a mobile terminal equipment, such as a mobile phone (also known as a "cellular phone").
  • “Telephone) and computers with mobile terminal devices which may be, for example, portable, pocket-sized, handheld, computer-built-in or vehicle-mounted mobile devices, which exchange speech and/or data with the radio access network.
  • mobile terminal equipment may also be called a system, a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, or an access point.
  • remote terminal equipment remote terminal equipment (remote terminal), access terminal equipment (access terminal), user terminal equipment (user terminal), user agent (user agent), user device (user device).
  • the network device involved in the embodiment of the present disclosure may be a base station, and the base station may include multiple cells that provide services for terminals.
  • a base station can also be called an access point, or it can be a device in the access network that communicates with wireless terminal equipment through one or more sectors on the air interface, or it can be named by another name.
  • Network equipment can be used to exchange received air frames with Internet Protocol (IP) packets and act as a router between the wireless terminal equipment and the rest of the access network, which can include the Internet. Protocol (IP) communication network.
  • IP Internet Protocol
  • Network devices also coordinate attribute management of the air interface.
  • the network equipment involved in the embodiments of this application may be the network equipment (Base Transceiver Station, BTS) in the Global System for Mobile communications (GSM) or Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA). ), or it can be a network device (NodeB) in a Wide-band Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA), or an evolutionary network device in a long term evolution (LTE) system (evolutional Node B, eNB or e-NodeB), 5G base station (gNB) in the 5G network architecture (next generation system), or home evolved base station (Home evolved Node B, HeNB), relay node (relay node) , home base station (femto), pico base station (pico), etc.
  • network equipment may include centralized unit (CU) nodes and distributed unit (DU) nodes. The centralized unit and distributed unit may also be arranged geographically separately.
  • Network equipment and terminal equipment can each use one or more antennas for multi-input multi-output (MIMO) transmission.
  • MIMO transmission can be single-user MIMO (Single User MIMO, SU-MIMO) or multi-user MIMO. (Multiple User MIMO,MU-MIMO).
  • MIMO transmission can be 2D-MIMO, 3D-MIMO, FD-MIMO or massive-MIMO, or it can be diversity transmission, precoding transmission or beamforming transmission, etc.
  • Step 102 If the first signaling includes a first indication field, determine at least one TCI status/status group based on a first indication field.
  • the first signaling may include one first indication field or multiple second indication fields.
  • the first signaling includes a first indication field (eg, TCI indication field), and one or more TCI states/state groups can be determined according to a first indication field.
  • TCI indication field e.g, TCI indication field
  • each TCI state can be used to represent a type of beam
  • each TCI state group can be used to represent a type of beam group.
  • Step 103 When the first signaling includes multiple second indication fields, determine a TCI status/status group based on each second indication field. TCI status is used to indicate a beam, and TCI status group is used to indicate a beam group.
  • the first information may include multiple second indication fields, and each second indication field may determine a TCI status/status group.
  • the first signaling includes one indication domain
  • the one indication domain is called the first indication domain
  • the first signaling includes multiple indication fields
  • the multiple indication fields are called are called multiple second indication domains.
  • the network device by receiving the first signaling sent by the network device; when the first signaling includes a first indication field, at least one TCI status/status group is determined according to a first indication field; in the first signaling When multiple second indication fields are included, a TCI status/status group is determined based on each second indication domain, where the TCI status is used to indicate a type of beam, and the TCI status group is used to indicate a type of beam group.
  • the present disclosure proposes another beam indication method. It should be noted that the beam indication method in the disclosed embodiments can be used by the terminal device implement.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of another beam indication method provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the beam pointing method may include the following steps 201 to 203.
  • Step 201 Receive second signaling sent by the network device.
  • the second signaling is used to indicate the correspondence between the activation code point and the TCI status/status group.
  • the network device may send second signaling to the terminal device, and the second signaling may be used to indicate the correspondence between the activation code point and the TCI status/status group.
  • Step 202 Receive the first signaling sent by the network device.
  • the network device can send the second signaling to the terminal device.
  • the second signaling can be used to activate the TCI status/status group, and then sends the first signaling to the terminal device.
  • the first signaling Used to indicate selecting one or more TCI states/state groups from the TCI states/state groups activated in the second signaling.
  • the second signaling may be MAC-CE signaling or RRC (Radio Resource Control (Radio Resource Control) signaling.
  • the second signaling can carry two sets of activation code points. Each first activation code point in the first set of activation code points can correspond to multiple TCI states/state groups; Each second activation code point in the two sets of activation code points can correspond to a TCI status/status group.
  • the second signaling may be one or more.
  • Step 203 When the first signaling includes a first indication field, determine at least one TCI state/state group corresponding to the activation code point in the first indication field according to the corresponding relationship indicated by the second signaling.
  • the first signaling includes a first indication field
  • the first indication field may correspond to an activation code point in the second signaling.
  • the activation code point corresponding to the domain is queried for the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication to determine at least one TCI state/state group corresponding to the activation code point.
  • the activation code point corresponding to the first indication field query the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication, it can be determined that the activation code point corresponds to multiple TCI states/status groups, and then the activation code point corresponding to the first indication field can be determined is the first activation code point, and the multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point can be used as the multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the activation code points in the first indication field.
  • querying the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication it can be determined that the activation code point corresponds to a TCI state/state group, and then the activation code point in the first indication field can be determined.
  • TCI status/status group It is a second activation code point among multiple second activation code points activated by the second signaling, and a TCI state/state group corresponding to the second activation code point is used as a corresponding one of the activation code points in the first indication field. TCI status/status group.
  • each TCI state/state group corresponding to the first activation code point is associated with the TRP
  • multiple TCI states/state groups associated with the multiple TRPs can be determined based on the multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point and the TRP associated with each TCI state/state group.
  • the activation code point in the first indication field may correspond to at least one TCI state/state group, where , the activation code point in the first indication field is one of the activation code points indicated by the second signaling that has a corresponding relationship with the first indication field.
  • each second signaling and the first indication domain can be determined. or the first signaling carries association indication information.
  • the association indication information can be used to indicate the second signaling associated with the first indication domain in the first signaling to determine each second signaling. The correspondence relationship between let and the first indication domain.
  • the association indication information may occupy at least one bit in the first indication field.
  • the first indication field includes at least two activation code points respectively corresponding to different second signaling indications. For any one of the at least two activation code points, you can Query the corresponding relationship indicated by the second signaling corresponding to the one activation code point to determine at least one TCI state/state group corresponding to the one activation code point.
  • an activation code in the first indication field is determined according to the correspondence relationship indicated by the second signaling. At least one TCI status/status group corresponding to the point, thereby querying the correspondence between the activation code point indicated by the second signaling domain and the TCI status/status group based on the activation code point of the first indication domain, effectively determining at least A TCI status/status group.
  • the present disclosure proposes another beam indication method. It should be noted that the beam indication method in the disclosed embodiments can be used by the terminal. device execution.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of another beam indication method provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the beam pointing method may include the following steps 301 to 303.
  • Step 301 Receive second signaling sent by the network device.
  • the second signaling is used to indicate the correspondence between the activation code point and the TCI status/status group.
  • Step 302 Receive the first signaling sent by the network device.
  • Step 303 When the first signaling includes multiple second indication fields, determine a TCI state/TCI state corresponding to the activation code point in each second indication field according to the corresponding relationship indicated by the second signaling field. Group.
  • the first signaling includes multiple second indication fields.
  • Each second indication field can correspond to an activation code point in the second signaling.
  • the activation code point By querying the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication, it can be determined that the activation code point corresponds to at least one TCI state/state group.
  • the activation code point corresponds to multiple TCI states/state groups, it can be determined from the multiple TCI states/state groups. In the group, determine an effective TCI status/status group.
  • the state/state group determines an effective TCI state/state group from multiple TCI states/state groups as a TCI state/TCI state group corresponding to the activation code point in the second indication field.
  • the effective TCI status/status group can be one of the following: among the multiple TCI status/status groups corresponding to the first activation code point, the TCI status/status group that meets the set sorting position; or, the first activation Among the multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the code point, the TCI state/state group associated with the TRP is the same as the TRP associated with the second indication field.
  • the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication according to the activation code point in the second indication domain and determine the activation code point of the second indication domain.
  • the live code point is a second activation code point
  • the second activation code point corresponds to a TCI state/state group, which can be used as a TCI state/state group corresponding to the activation code point in the second indication field.
  • the first signaling includes multiple second indication fields, and there is a corresponding relationship between each second signaling and the second indication field.
  • the activation code point in the second indication field is one of the activation code points indicated by the second signaling that has a corresponding relationship with the second indication field. According to the corresponding relationship between the second signaling indication, the activation code point in each second indication field is determined. At least one TCI status/status group corresponding to the activation code point. When the activation code point corresponds to multiple TCI status/status groups, an effective TCI status/status group can be determined from the multiple TCI status/status groups. .
  • the distance between each second signaling and the second indication domain can be determined.
  • the first signaling carries association indication information
  • the association indication information is used to indicate the second signaling associated with the second indication domain in the first signaling to determine the relationship between each second signaling and The corresponding relationship between the second indication fields, the association indication information may occupy at least one bit in the second indication field.
  • steps 301 to 302 can be implemented in any manner in the embodiments of the present disclosure, and the details of the embodiments of the present disclosure will not be repeated.
  • the second signaling field in each second indication field is determined according to the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication.
  • a TCI status/status group corresponding to the activation code point Therefore, it is possible to query the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication based on an activation code point in each second indication domain, and effectively determine the corresponding relationship in each second indication domain.
  • the present disclosure proposes another beam indication method.
  • the beam indication method of the disclosed embodiments can be executed by the terminal device.
  • Figure 4 is a schematic flowchart of another beam indication method provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the beam indicating method may include the following steps 401 to 403.
  • Step 401 Receive second signaling sent by the network device.
  • the second signaling is used to indicate the correspondence between the activation code point and the TCI status/status group.
  • Step 402 Receive the first signaling sent by the network device.
  • Step 403 When the first signaling includes a first indication field and the activation code point in the first indication field is determined to be the first activation code point based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication, the first activation code is Multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the points, and the TRP associated with each TCI state/state group, determine the TCI states/state groups of the multiple TRPs.
  • the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication is queried to determine at least one TCI state/state group corresponding to the activation code point corresponding to the first indication field.
  • the activation code point corresponding to the indication field corresponds to multiple TCI states/status groups
  • each TCI status/status group among the multiple TCI status/status groups corresponding to the first activation code point has an associated TRP, that is, there is an association relationship between the TCI status/status group and the TRP, so that the disclosure can be based on multiple Query the above association relationship for each TRP to determine the TCI status/status group associated with multiple TRPs.
  • steps 401 to 402 can be implemented in any manner in the embodiments of the present disclosure, and the details of the embodiments of the present disclosure will not be repeated.
  • the activation code point in the first indication domain is determined to be the first activation code point based on the correspondence relationship of the second signaling indication
  • multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point and
  • the TRP associated with each TCI status/status group determines the TCI status/status group of multiple TRPs, thereby achieving multiple TCI status/status corresponding to the first activation code point based on the activation code point in the first indication field.
  • the status group and the TRP associated with each TCI status/status group effectively determine the TCI status/status group of multiple TRPs.
  • the present disclosure proposes another beam indication. method. It should be noted that the beam indication method of the disclosed embodiments can be executed by a terminal device.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of another beam indication method provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the beam pointing method may include the following steps 501 to 504.
  • Step 501 Receive second signaling sent by the network device.
  • the second signaling is used to indicate the correspondence between the activation code point and the TCI status/status group.
  • Step 502 Receive the first signaling sent by the network device.
  • Step 503 When the first signaling includes multiple second indication fields and it is determined that the activation code point indicated by at least one second indication field is the first activation code point based on the correspondence relationship of the second signaling indication, start from the first activation code point.
  • One effective TCI state/state group is determined among multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to an activation code point.
  • each At least one TCI state/state group corresponding to the activation code point corresponding to the second indication field it can be determined that each At least one TCI state/state group corresponding to the activation code point corresponding to the second indication field.
  • the activation corresponding to the second indication field can be determined.
  • the code point is the first activation code point.
  • the activation code point corresponding to the second indication field corresponds to a TCI state/state group
  • it can be determined that the activation code point corresponding to the second indication field is the second activation code point.
  • an effective TCI state/status group may be determined from multiple TCI states/status groups corresponding to the first activation code point.
  • the effective TCI status/status group can be one of the following: among the multiple TCI status/status groups corresponding to the first activation code point, the TCI status/status group that meets the set sorting position; Or, among the multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point, the TCI state/state group associated with the TRP is the same as the TRP associated with the second indication domain.
  • Step 504 Determine the TCI status/status group of the TRP associated with at least one second indication domain based on the effective TCI status/status group.
  • the second indication domain corresponding to the effective TCI status/status group can be determined according to the effective TCI status/status group. Since each second indication domain has an associated relationship with the TRP, and further, with the effective TCI status/status The TRP associated with the second indication field corresponding to the group has an association relationship with the effective TCI status/status group. Therefore, in the present disclosure, the above-mentioned query can be performed based on the TRP associated with the second indication domain corresponding to the effective TCI status/status group.
  • the association relationship may determine the TCI status/status group associated with the TRP associated with at least one second indication domain.
  • steps 501 to 502 can be implemented in any manner according to the embodiments of the present disclosure, and will not be described again in the embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point are Determine an effective TCI status/status group in the effective TCI status/status group, and determine the TCI status/status group of the TRP associated with at least one second indication domain.
  • the TCI of the TRP associated with at least one second indication domain is effectively determined according to an effective TCI status/status group among multiple TCI statuses/status groups corresponding to the first activation code point.
  • the present disclosure proposes another beam indication. method. It should be noted that the beam indication method of the disclosed embodiments can be executed by a terminal device.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of another beam indication method provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the beam indicating method may include the following steps 601 to 604.
  • Step 601 Receive second signaling sent by the network device.
  • the second signaling is used to indicate the correspondence between the activation code point and the TCI status/status group.
  • Step 602 Receive the first signaling sent by the network device.
  • Step 603 When the first signaling includes multiple second indication fields and it is determined that the activation code point indicated by at least one second indication field is the first activation code point based on the correspondence relationship of the second signaling indication, start from the first activation code point.
  • One effective TCI state/state group is determined among multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to an activation code point.
  • At least one TCI state/state group corresponding to the activation code point corresponding to the second indication field can be determined.
  • the activation code point corresponding to the second indication field corresponds to multiple TCI states/status groups
  • the activation code point corresponding to the second indication field corresponds to one In the TCI state/status group
  • it can be determined that the activation code point corresponding to the second indication field is the second activation code point.
  • An effective TCI state/state group can be determined from multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point.
  • the effective TCI status/status group can be one of the following: among the multiple TCI status/status groups corresponding to the first activation code point, the TCI status/status group that meets the set sorting position; Or, among the multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point, the TCI state/state group associated with the TRP is the same as the TRP associated with the second indication domain.
  • Step 604 Determine the TCI status/status group of the TRP associated with the effective TCI status/status group based on the effective TCI status/status group.
  • each TCI state/state group corresponding to the first activation code point has an associated TRP
  • the effective TCI state/state group has an associated TRP.
  • the TRP associated with the effective TCI state/state group can determine the TCI status/status group associated with the TRP associated with the effective TCI status/status group.
  • steps 601 to 602 can be implemented in any manner according to the embodiments of the present disclosure, and will not be described again in the embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point are Determine an effective TCI status/status group; according to the effective TCI status/status group, determine the TCI status/status group of the TRP associated with the effective TCI status/status group. From this, you can Realize that when the activation code point indicated by at least one second indication field is the first activation code point, effective determination is made according to an effective TCI status/status group among the corresponding multiple TCI status/status groups corresponding to the first activation code point. The TCI status/status group of the TRP associated with the effective TCI status/status group.
  • the present disclosure proposes another beam indication method. It should be noted that the beam indication method of the disclosed embodiments can be executed by a terminal device.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of another beam indication method provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the beam pointing method may include the following steps 701 to 703.
  • Step 701 Receive second signaling sent by the network device.
  • the second signaling is used to indicate the correspondence between the activation code point and the TCI status/status group.
  • Step 702 Receive the first signaling sent by the network device.
  • the activation code point indicated in the second signaling includes a second activation code point, and the second activation code point corresponds to one TCI state/state group.
  • Step 703 When the first signaling includes multiple second indication fields and the activation code point indicated by at least one second indication field is determined to be the second activation code point based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication, according to the first The TCI status/status group corresponding to the two activation code points determines the TCI status/status group of the TRP associated with at least one second indication domain.
  • each second indication field has an associated relationship with the TRP, and the activation code point corresponding to each second indication field is queried for the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication to determine the activation code point corresponding to each second indication field.
  • the code point is a first activation code point or a second activation code point.
  • each second activation code point corresponds to a TCI status/status. group, according to a TCI status/status group corresponding to the second activation code point, the second indication field corresponding to the TCI status/status group can be determined.
  • each second indication domain has an associated relationship with the TRP
  • the second indication field corresponding to the TCI status/status group can be determined.
  • the one TCI status/status group has an association relationship with the TRP associated with the second indication field corresponding to the one TCI status/status group. Therefore, the disclosure can be based on the TRP corresponding to the second indication domain corresponding to the one TCI status/status group.
  • the associated TRP queries the above association relationship to determine the TCI status/status group of the TRP associated with the second indication domain corresponding to the one TCI status/status group.
  • each second indication domain has an associated relationship with the TRP, and the activation code point corresponding to each second indication domain is queried for the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication to determine the corresponding activation code point of each second indication domain.
  • the activation code point is the first activation code point or the second activation code point.
  • each second activation code point indicated by each second indication field corresponds to a TCI status/ Status group
  • the second activation code point corresponds to a TCI status/status group
  • the TRP associated with the corresponding second indication domain has an association relationship, so that the disclosure can be based on the TCI status/status group and the corresponding second
  • the TRP associated with the indication domain queries the above association relationship to determine the TCI status/status group of the TRP associated with the second indication domain corresponding to the one TCI status/status group.
  • step 701 can be implemented in any manner according to the embodiments of the present disclosure, and the details of the embodiments of the present disclosure will not be repeated.
  • the activation code point indicated by at least one second indication field is the second activation code point based on the correspondence relationship of the second signaling indication
  • the TCI status/status group of the TRP associated with at least one second indication domain thereby effectively determining at least one second indication based on the TCI status/status group corresponding to the second activation code point indicated by the at least one second indication domain TCI status/status group of the TRP associated with the domain.
  • the present disclosure proposes another beam indication method.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of another beam indication method provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the beam pointing method may include the following steps 801 and 802.
  • Step 801 Receive the second signaling and the first signaling sent by the network device.
  • the second signaling is used to indicate the correspondence between the activation code point and the TCI status/status group.
  • Step 802 Switch the terminal device from multi-TRP to single TRP according to the first signaling and the second signaling.
  • the activation code point indicated by the second signaling includes a second activation code point, and the second activation code point corresponds to one TCI state/state group.
  • a first indication field is included in the first signaling, and the activation code point in the first indication field is determined to be the second activation code point based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication.
  • the terminal device is switched from multi-TRP to single TRP based on the first switching information associated with the second activation code point.
  • a first indication field is included in the first signaling, and the activation code point in the first indication field is determined to be the second activation code based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication.
  • the terminal device is switched from multi-TRP to single TRP based on the second switching information carried in the first signaling.
  • a first indication field is included in the first signaling, and the activation code point in the first indication field is determined to be the second activation code based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication. point, based on the second value carried in the first signaling Switch information to switch the terminal device from multiple TRP to single TRP.
  • the switching strategy corresponding to certain conditions switches the terminal device from multiple TRP to single TRP.
  • the terminal device is switched from the multi-TRP to the single TRP according to the first signaling and the second signaling. Therefore, according to the first signaling and the second signaling
  • the second signaling can switch the terminal device from multiple TRPs to a single TRP.
  • the TCI status/status group of one TRP set among multiple TRPs adopted by the terminal device can also be implemented. To this end, this Another beam pointing method is disclosed.
  • Figure 9 is a schematic flowchart of another beam indication method provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the beam pointing method may include the following steps 901 to 902.
  • Step 901 Receive the second signaling and the first signaling sent by the network device.
  • the second signaling is used to indicate the correspondence between the activation code point and the TCI status/status group.
  • Step 902 Update the TCI status/status group of one TRP among multiple TRPs used by the terminal device according to the first signaling and the second signaling.
  • the activation code point indicated by the second signaling includes a second activation code point, and the second activation code point corresponds to one TCI state/state group.
  • a first indication field is included in the first signaling, and the activation code point in the first indication field is determined to be the second activation code point based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication.
  • the TCI status/status group of one TRP among the multiple TRPs used by the terminal device is updated according to the TCI status/status group corresponding to the second activation code point.
  • a first indication field is included in the first signaling, and the activation code point in the first indication field is determined to be the second activation code based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication.
  • the TCI status/status group of one TRP among the multiple TRPs adopted by the terminal device is updated.
  • a first indication field is included in the first signaling, and the activation code point in the first indication field is determined to be the second activation code based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication.
  • the TCI status/status group of one TRP among the multiple TRPs adopted by the terminal device is updated.
  • the update strategy corresponding to the specified conditions is used to update the TCI status/status group of one TRP among the multiple TRPs used by the terminal device.
  • the TCI status/status group of one TRP set among multiple TRPs adopted by the terminal device can be updated.
  • DCI format 1_1/1_2 with data scheduling.
  • This DCI contains a TCI field used to indicate the TCI status/status group of single or multiple TRPs; the other is DCI format 1_1/1_2 without data scheduling.
  • This DCI contains two TCI fields, each field is used to indicate the TCI status/status group of a TRP.
  • a MAC-CE signaling (second signaling) is used to activate the TCI state/state group, as shown in Table 1. It is assumed that each MAC-CE activates N code points (activation code points), and the first N/ 2 code points, each code point is associated with one or more TCI status/status groups; the last N/2 code points are associated with a TCI status/status group.
  • each bracket in Table 1 represents a TCI status/status group. If the joint TCI mode is used, each TRP uses the same TCI status for uplink and downlink, so only one TCI status needs to be indicated. If independent uplink and downlink mode is adopted, each TRP adopts different TCI states for uplink and downlink, so two TCI states, that is, TCI state groups, need to be indicated. In this embodiment, it is assumed that the joint TCI mode is adopted, so that each bracket contains only one TCI state.
  • the communication system predefines the following correspondence: Assume that MAC-CE activates N code points, and the first N/2 of them correspond to the code points of the TCI domain in the DCI format 1_1/1_2 of data scheduling; The last N/2 code points correspond to the code points of each TCI domain in the DCI format 1_1/1_2 without data scheduling.
  • N 8 when DCI format 1_1/1_2 with data scheduling is used for indication, there is only one TCI domain.
  • the code point value in the TCI domain corresponds to P1-P4 of the MAC-CE code point.
  • the base station indicates TCI_4 and TCI_11 to the terminal device, which are used for the transmission of the two TRPs respectively.
  • DCI format 1_1/1_2 without data scheduling is used for indication, it includes two TCI domains, and the code point value of each TCI domain corresponds to P5-P8 of the MAC-CE code point.
  • the base station indicates TCI_3 and TCI_8 to the terminal, which are used for the transmission of two TRPs respectively.
  • DCI format 1_1/1_2 with data scheduling.
  • This DCI contains a TCI field used to indicate the TCI status/status group of single or multiple TRPs; the other is DCI format 1_1/1_2 without data scheduling.
  • This DCI contains two TCI fields, each field is used to indicate the TCI status/status group of a TRP.
  • a MAC-CE signaling is used to activate the TCI state/state group, as shown in Table 2.
  • the above two DCIs select code points from the TCI status/status group activated in this signaling for TCI status indication.
  • Each bracket in Table 2 represents a TCI status/status group.
  • DCI format 1_1/1_2 without data scheduling both correspond to all code points in MAC-CE activation signaling.
  • a code point corresponding to a TCI domain in DCI format 1_1/1_2 without data scheduling is associated with two TCI states/status groups, only one of the TCI states/status groups takes effect.
  • TCI domain When using DCI format 1_1/1_2 with data scheduling for indication, there is only one TCI domain. Assuming that the code point in this TCI domain corresponds to P2, the base station indicates TCI_4 and TCI_11 to the terminal, which are used for the transmission of two TRPs respectively. When indicating using DCI format 1_1/1_2 without data scheduling, two TCI domains are included. Assume that the code point in the first TCI field corresponds to P6, which is associated with two TCI states TCI_7 and TCI_9; the code point in the second TCI field corresponds to P8, which is associated with two TCI states TCI_10 and TCI_17.
  • the communication system predefines that only the first TCI state (TCI_7) in the first TCI domain takes effect, and only the second TCI state (TCI_17) in the second TCI domain takes effect. Then the base station indicates TCI_7 and TCI_17 to the terminal device, which are used for the transmission of two TRPs respectively.
  • the communication system predefines the effective TCI status of each TCI domain to be the TCI status of the same TRP associated with this TCI domain.
  • DCI format 1_1/1_2 with data scheduling.
  • This DCI contains a TCI field that indicates the TCI status/status group of a single or multiple TRPs.
  • the other is DCI format 1_1/1_2 without data scheduling.
  • This DCI contains two TCI fields, each field is used to indicate the TCI status/status group of a TRP.
  • each MAC-CE signaling is associated with one format of DCI.
  • the first MAC-CE signaling is associated with DCI format 1_1/1_2 with data scheduling, and each code point in the first MAC-CE signaling may correspond to one or more TCI states/state groups.
  • the code points in DCI format 1_1/1_2 with data scheduling correspond to the code points in the first MAC-CE signaling.
  • the second MAC-CE signaling is associated with DCI format 1_1/1_2 without data scheduling. Each code point in the second MAC-CE signaling can only correspond to one TCI status/status group.
  • each TCI domain in 1_1/1_2 correspond to the code points in the second MAC-CE signaling.
  • the MAC-CE signaling contains an indication of the first MAC-CE or the second MAC-CE information, so that the terminal device can determine the TCI status/status group according to the above corresponding relationship.
  • DCI format 1_1/1_2 with data scheduling.
  • This DCI contains a TCI domain, using Used to indicate TCI status/status group of single or multiple TRPs; the other is DCI format 1_1/1_2 without data scheduling.
  • This DCI contains two TCI fields, each field is used to indicate the TCI status/status group of a TRP.
  • each MAC-CE signaling is associated with a TRP.
  • each code point of MAC-CE signaling can only correspond to one TCI state/state group.
  • the first MAC-CE signaling is associated with the first TRP
  • the second MAC-CE signaling is associated with the second TRP.
  • Each code point of the TCI domain in DCI format 1_1/1_2 without data scheduling corresponds to a code point in MAC-CE signaling.
  • the TCI domain associated with the same TRP may correspond to MAC-CE signaling.
  • the bits in this domain are divided into two parts, each part corresponding to a code point in MAC-CE signaling.
  • the bit sequence "0111” can be split into two parts.
  • the first two bits “01” are the first part, corresponding to a code point in MAC-CE signaling, and the last two bits "11” are the second part. Corresponds to another code point in MAC-CE signaling.
  • DCI format 1_1/1_2 with data scheduling.
  • This DCI contains a TCI domain to indicate the TCI status/status group of single or multiple TRPs; the other is DCI format 1_1/ without data scheduling. 1_2.
  • This DCI contains two TCI fields, each field is used to indicate the TCI status/status group of a TRP.
  • each MAC-CE activates N code points, the first N/2 of which correspond to the code points of the TCI domain in the DCI format 1_1/1_2 of data scheduling, and each code point is associated with one or more TCI states/states group; the last N/2 code points correspond to the code points of each TCI domain in the DCI format 1_1/1_2 without data scheduling, and each code point is associated with a TCI status/status group.
  • the bits in this field are divided into two parts.
  • the first part is used to select one of the two MAC-CE signalings, and the second part is used to determine the first N/2 code points in this MAC-CE signaling, thereby indicating one or more TCI status/status Group.
  • the specific manner in which the TCI domain is associated with one of the two MAC-CE signalings is as described in the above embodiment, and will not be described again.
  • the code point of MAC-CE when the code point of MAC-CE corresponds to a TCI status/status group, it can mean switching multiple TRPs to a single TRP, or it can mean updating only one of them in a multi-TRP scenario. TCI status of TRP.
  • indication information can be added for each code point to distinguish TCI update or sTRP/mTRP switching.
  • One way is to add new fields, as shown in Table 4,
  • the system predefines the meaning of the bit information in this field.
  • "00” means sTRP/mTRP switching
  • "01” means updating the TCI status/status group of the first TRP
  • "10” means updating the TCI status/status group of the second TRP.
  • Another implementation method is not to add a new indication field, but to expand the number of bits of the original indication field, thereby adding indication information.
  • Another implementation method is to instruct in DCI format 1_1/1_2 to switch multiple TRPs to a single TRP, or instruct only to update the TCI status of one TRP in a multi-TRP scenario. For example, as shown in Table 5, add a DCI domain,
  • the system predefines the meaning of the bit information in this field.
  • "00” means sTRP/mTRP switching
  • "01” means updating the TCI status/status group of the first TRP
  • "10” means updating the TCI status/status group of the second TRP.
  • the indication field does not need to be added, and the judgment is made based on the bit value of each TCI field. For example, when the values of the two TCI fields are different and are valid values, it indicates mTRP transmission; when the values of the two TCI fields are the same and are valid values, it indicates sTRP transmission; when one TCI in the two TCI fields If the value of the field is invalid and the value of the other TCI field is valid, it means updating the status of one of the TCIs.
  • the above examples all use multiple TRPs consisting of two TRPs.
  • the present disclosure can also be used for multiple TRPs consisting of more than two TRPs.
  • the DCI may contain more than two TCI domains.
  • One code point in MAC-CE can correspond to more than two TCI states/state groups. The remaining methods are the same and will not be described again in this disclosure.
  • the beam indication method in the embodiment of the present disclosure receives the first signaling sent by the network device; in the case where the first signaling includes a first indication field, at least one TCI status/status group is determined based on a first indication domain. ; In the case where the first signaling includes multiple second indication fields, a TCI status/status group is determined according to each second indication domain, where the TCI status is used to indicate a type of beam, and the TCI status group is used to indicate A beam group.
  • Each of the above beam indication methods is executed by the terminal device, and the present disclosure also proposes a beam indication method executed by the network device.
  • Figure 10 is a schematic flowchart of another beam indication method provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the beam indication method may include the following steps: Step 1001, sending first signaling to the terminal device.
  • the first signaling includes a first indication field for the terminal device to determine at least one TCI status/status group according to a first indication field; or the first signaling includes a plurality of second indication fields for The terminal device determines a TCI status/status group of a TRP based on each second indication field.
  • the first signaling may include one first indication field or multiple second indication fields.
  • the first signaling may include a first indication field (eg, TCI indication field), and at least one TCI state/state group may be determined according to the first indication field.
  • TCI indication field eg, TCI indication field
  • each TCI state can be used to represent a type of beam
  • each TCI state group can be used to represent a type of beam group.
  • the terminal device determines at least one TCI status/status group based on a first indication domain; in the first signaling
  • the terminal device determines a TCI status/status group based on each second indication domain, where the TCI status is used to indicate a type of beam, and the TCI status group is used to indicate a type of beam. Group.
  • Beam indication reduces the complexity of the communication system and signaling indication overhead.
  • the beam indication method also includes: sending second signaling to the terminal device; wherein the second signaling is used to indicate the correspondence between the activation code point and the TCI status/TCI status group ;
  • a first indication domain used for the terminal device to determine at least one TCI status/TCI status group corresponding to the activation code point in the first indication domain according to the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication;
  • each second indication domain The terminal device is configured to determine a TCI state/TCI state group corresponding to the activation code point in each second indication field according to the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication.
  • the activation code point indicated by the second signaling includes the first activation code point, and the first activation code point corresponds to multiple TCI states/state groups.
  • each TCI state/state group corresponding to the first activation code point has an association relationship with the TRP, which is used by the terminal device to determine the first indication domain based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication.
  • the TCI status/state of the multiple TRPs is determined based on the multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point and the TRP associated with each TCI state/state group. status group.
  • each second indication domain has an association relationship with the TRP, which is used by the terminal device to determine that the activation code point indicated by at least one second indication domain is the first based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication.
  • determine an effective TCI state/state group from multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point; determine at least one second indication domain associated with it based on the effective TCI state/state group. TCI status/status group of the TRP.
  • each TCI status/status group corresponding to the first activation code point is related to the TRP.
  • the association relationship is used when the terminal device determines that the activation code point indicated by at least one second indication field is the first activation code point based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication, from the multiple TCI states corresponding to the first activation code point Determine an effective TCI status/status group in the /status group; determine the TCI status/status group of the TRP associated with the effective TCI status/status group based on the effective TCI status/status group.
  • the effective TCI state/state group is one of the following: among the multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point, the TCI state/state that meets the set sorting position group; or among the multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point, the TCI state/state group associated with the TRP is the same as the TRP associated with the second indication domain.
  • the activation code point indicated by the second signaling includes a second activation code point, and the second activation code point corresponds to one TCI state/state group.
  • the TCI state/state group corresponding to the second activation code point is used by the terminal device to determine the activation code point indicated by at least one second indication field based on the correspondence relationship of the second signaling indication.
  • the TCI status/status group of at least one TRP associated with the second indication domain is determined based on the TCI status/status group corresponding to the second activation code point.
  • the second activation code point is used to: include a first indication domain in the first signaling, and determine the first indication domain based on the corresponding relationship indicated by the second signaling If the activation code point in is the second activation code point, switch the terminal device from multiple TRPs to the set single TRP; or, include a first indication field in the first signaling, And when it is determined that the activation code point in the first indication domain is the second activation code point based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication, based on the first switching information associated with the second activation code point, the The terminal device switches from multi-TRP to single TRP; or, the first signaling includes a first indication field, and based on the correspondence relationship of the second signaling indication, it is determined that the activation code point in the first indication field is the In the case of a second activation code point, the terminal device is switched from multiple TRPs to a single TRP based on the second switching information carried in the first signaling; or, the first
  • the second activation code point is used to: include a first indication domain in the first signaling, and determine the first indication domain based on the corresponding relationship indicated by the second signaling If the activation code point in is the second activation code point, update the TCI status/status group of one TRP among the multiple TRPs used by the terminal device according to the TCI status/status group corresponding to the second activation code point; or , when the first signaling includes a first indication field, and the activation code point in the first indication field is determined to be the second activation code point based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication, based on the The first update information associated with the second activation code point updates the TCI status/status group of one TRP among the multiple TRPs adopted by the terminal device; or, the first signaling includes a first indication field, And when it is determined that the activation code point in the first indication domain is the second activation code point based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication, the terminal
  • TCI status/status group of one TRP among multiple TRPs alternatively, multiple second indication fields are included in the first signaling, and the second one of the multiple second indication fields is determined based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indications.
  • the TCI status/status group of one TRP among the multiple TRPs used by the terminal device is updated based on the update strategy corresponding to the set conditions.
  • the activation code point in the first indication domain It is one of the activation code points of the second signaling indication that has a corresponding relationship with the first indication field; the activation code point in the second indication field is the activation of the second signaling indication that has a corresponding relationship with the second indication field.
  • the corresponding relationship between each second signaling and the first indication domain or the second indication domain is determined in one of the following ways: the second signaling and the The first indication domain or the second indication domain is associated with the same TRP; or, the first signaling carries association indication information, and the association indication information is used to indicate the first indication domain or the third indication domain in the first signaling. 2 indicates the second signaling associated with the domain.
  • the association indication information occupies at least one bit in the first indication field or the second indication field.
  • the first indication field includes at least two code points respectively corresponding to different second signaling indications: wherein any one of the at least two activation code points is activated by The terminal device queries the corresponding relationship indicated by the second signaling corresponding to an activation code point to determine at least one TCI state/TCI state group corresponding to an activation code point.
  • the beam indication method in the embodiment of the present disclosure sends first signaling to the terminal device; when the first signaling includes a first indication field, the terminal device determines at least one TCI status/status based on a first indication field. Group; In the case where the first signaling includes multiple second indication fields, the terminal device determines a TCI status/status group according to each second indication domain, where the TCI status is used to indicate a kind of beam, and the TCI status group Used to indicate a beam group.
  • Beam indication reduces the complexity of the communication system and signaling indication overhead.
  • the present disclosure proposes a terminal device.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the terminal device may include: a transceiver 1110, a processor 1120, and a memory 1130.
  • the memory 1130 is used to store computer programs; the transceiver 1110 is used to send and receive data under the control of the processor 1120; the processor 1120 is used to read the computer program in the memory and perform the following operations: receive data sent by the network device First signaling; when the first signaling includes a first indication field, at least one TCI status/status group is determined based on a first indication field; when the first signaling includes a plurality of second indication fields In this case, a TCI status/status group is determined according to each second indication field, where the TCI status is used to indicate a type of beam, and the TCI status group is used to indicate a type of beam group.
  • Transceiver 1110 for receiving and transmitting data under the control of processor 1120.
  • the bus architecture may include any number of interconnected buses and bridges, specifically one or more processors represented by processor 1120 and various circuits of the memory represented by memory 1130 are linked together.
  • the bus architecture can also link together various other circuits such as peripherals, voltage regulators, and power management circuits, which are all well known in the art and therefore will not be described further herein.
  • the bus interface provides the interface.
  • the transceiver 1110 may be a plurality of elements, including a transmitter and a receiver, providing a unit for communicating with various other devices over transmission media, including wireless channels, wired channels, optical cables, and other transmission media.
  • the user interface 1140 can also be an interface capable of externally connecting internal and external required equipment.
  • the connected equipment includes but is not limited to a keypad, a display, a speaker, a microphone, a joystick, etc.
  • the processor 1120 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and general processing, and the memory 1130 can store data used by the processor 1120 when performing operations.
  • the processor 1120 can be a CPU, ASIC, FPGA or CPLD, and the processor 1120 can also adopt a multi-core architecture.
  • it also includes: receiving second signaling sent by the network device, the second signaling being used to indicate the corresponding relationship between the activation code point and the TCI status/TCI status group; according to a first indication
  • the domain determines at least one TCI status/state group, including: determining at least one TCI status/TCI status group corresponding to an activation code point in the first indication domain according to the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication; according to each second indication
  • the domain determines a TCI state/state group, including: determining a TCI state/TCI state group corresponding to the activation code point in each second indication domain according to the correspondence relationship of the second signaling indication.
  • the activation code point indicated by the second signaling includes a first activation code point, and there are multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point.
  • each TCI state/state group corresponding to the first activation code point has an association relationship with the TRP; according to the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication, an activation code point in the first indication domain is determined
  • the corresponding at least one TCI state/TCI state group includes: when it is determined that the activation code point in the first indication field is the first activation code point based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication, according to the corresponding first activation code point
  • Multiple TCI states/status groups, and the TRP associated with each TCI state/status group determine the TCI states/status groups of multiple TRPs.
  • each second indication field has an association relationship with the TRP; according to the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication, a TCI status/TCI corresponding to the activation code point in each second indication field is determined.
  • the state group includes: when it is determined that the activation code point indicated by at least one second indication field is the first activation code point based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication, multiple TCI states/states corresponding to the first activation code point Determine an effective TCI status/status group in the group; determine the TCI status/status group of the TRP associated with at least one second indication domain based on the effective TCI status/status group.
  • each TCI state/state group corresponding to the first activation code point has an associated relationship with the TRP; according to the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication, the TCI state/state group in each second indication field is determined.
  • a TCI state/TCI state group corresponding to the activation code point including: when it is determined that the activation code point indicated by at least one second indication field is the first activation code point based on the correspondence relationship of the second signaling indication, starting from the first activation code point Determine an effective TCI state/state group among multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the code point; determine the TCI state/state group of the TRP associated with the effective TCI state/state group based on the effective TCI state/state group.
  • the effective TCI state/state group is one of the following: among the multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point, the TCI state/state group that meets the set sorting position; Or, among the multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point, the TCI state/state group associated with the TRP is the same as the TRP associated with the second indication domain.
  • the activation code point indicated by the second signaling includes a second activation code point, and the second activation code point corresponds to one TCI state/state group.
  • a TCI state/TCI state group corresponding to the activation code point in each second indication field is determined according to the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication, including: based on the second signaling indication
  • the TCI of the TRP associated with the at least one second indication domain is determined based on the TCI status/status group corresponding to the second activation code point.
  • Status/StatusGroup is
  • the method further includes: including a first indication field in the first signaling, and determining the activation code point in the first indication field as the second activation code based on the corresponding relationship indicated by the second signaling.
  • the terminal device is switched from multiple TRPs to the set single TRP; or, a first indication field is included in the first signaling, and the first indication field is determined based on the corresponding relationship indicated by the second signaling.
  • the terminal device When the activation code point in the indication field is the second activation code point, the terminal device is switched from the multi-TRP to the single TRP based on the first switching information associated with the second activation code point; or, it is included in the first signaling A first indication field, and when it is determined that the activation code point in the first indication field is the second activation code point based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication, based on the second switching information carried in the first signaling, The terminal device switches from multi-TRP to single TRP; or, the first signaling includes multiple second indication fields, and determines the second activation code point in the multiple second indication fields based on the correspondence relationship of the second signaling indication. If the set conditions are met, the terminal device is switched from multiple TRPs to a single TRP based on the switching strategy corresponding to the set conditions.
  • the method further includes: including a first indication field in the first signaling, and determining the activation code point in the first indication field as the second activation code based on the corresponding relationship indicated by the second signaling.
  • the activation code point in the first indication domain is the same as One of the activation code points indicated by the second signaling that has a corresponding relationship in the first indication field; the activation code point in the second indication field is the activation code point indicated by the second signaling that has a corresponding relationship with the second indication field. one of the.
  • the corresponding relationship between each second signaling and the second indication domain or the second indication domain is determined in one of the following ways: the second signaling and the first indication domain or The second indication domains are associated with the same TRP; or, the first signaling carries association indication information, and the association indication information is used to indicate that the first indication domain or the second indication domain in the first signaling is associated with the second signaling.
  • the association indication information occupies at least one bit in the first indication field or the second indication field.
  • the first indication field includes at least two activation code points respectively corresponding to different second signaling indications: according to the correspondence relationship of the second signaling indications, a first indication field is determined.
  • Activating at least one TCI state/TCI state group corresponding to the activation code point includes: for any one of the at least two activation code points, querying the corresponding relationship indicated by the second signaling corresponding to one activation code point, to Determine at least one TCI status/TCI status group corresponding to an activation code point.
  • terminal device provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure can implement all the method steps implemented in the method embodiments of FIGS. 1 to 9 above, and can achieve the same technical effect. No further explanation will be given here. The same parts and beneficial effects as those in the method embodiment will be described in detail.
  • the present disclosure proposes a network device.
  • Figure 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the network device may include: a transceiver 1210, a processor 1220, and a memory 1230.
  • the memory 1230 is used to store computer programs; the transceiver 1210 is used to send and receive data under the control of the processor; the processor 1220 is used to read the computer program in the memory and perform the following operations: send the first Signaling; wherein the first signaling includes a first indication domain for the terminal device to determine at least one TCI status/status group based on a first indication domain; or the first signaling includes a plurality of second indication domains , used by the terminal device to determine the TCI status/status group of a TRP based on each second indication field.
  • it also includes: sending a second signaling to the terminal device; wherein the second signaling is used to indicate the correspondence between the activation code point and the TCI status/TCI status group; a third An indication field, used by the terminal device to determine at least one TCI status/TCI status group corresponding to the activation code point in the first indication field according to the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication; each second indication field is used by the terminal The device determines a TCI state/TCI state group corresponding to the activation code point in each second indication field according to the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication.
  • the activation code point indicated by the second signaling includes the first activation code point, and the first activation code point corresponds to multiple TCI states/state groups.
  • each TCI state/state group corresponding to the first activation code point has an association relationship with the TRP, which is used by the terminal device to determine the first indication domain based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication.
  • the TCI of the multiple TRPs is determined based on the multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point and the TRP associated with each TCI state/state group.
  • Status/StatusGroup is the first activation code point.
  • each second indication domain has an associated relationship with the TRP, which is used by the terminal device based on
  • the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication determines that the activation code point indicated by at least one second indication field is the first activation code point
  • Status/status group determine the TCI status/status group of the TRP associated with at least one second indication domain based on the effective TCI status/status group.
  • each TCI state/state group corresponding to the first activation code point has an association relationship with the TRP, which is used by the terminal device to determine at least one second indication based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication.
  • an effective TCI state/state group is determined from the multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point; based on the effective TCI state/state group, determine The TCI status/status group of the TRP associated with the effective TCI status/status group.
  • the effective TCI state/state group is one of the following: among the multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point, the TCI state/state that meets the set sorting position group; or, among the multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point, the TCI state/state group associated with the TRP is the same as the TRP associated with the second indication domain.
  • the activation code point indicated by the second signaling includes a second activation code point, and the second activation code point corresponds to one TCI state/state group.
  • the TCI state/state group corresponding to the second activation code point is used by the terminal device to determine the activation code point indicated by at least one second indication field based on the correspondence relationship of the second signaling indication.
  • the TCI status/status group of at least one TRP associated with the second indication domain is determined based on the TCI status/status group corresponding to the second activation code point.
  • the second activation code point is used to: include a first indication domain in the first signaling, and determine the first indication domain based on the corresponding relationship indicated by the second signaling
  • switch the terminal device from multiple TRPs to the set single TRP or, include a first indication field in the first signaling, and based on the second
  • the terminal device is switched from multi-TRP to single-TRP based on the first switching information associated with the second activation code point.
  • the terminal device switches the terminal device from multiple TRPs to a single TRP; or, the first signaling includes multiple second indication fields, and multiple second indication fields are determined based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indications.
  • the terminal device is switched from multiple TRPs to a single TRP based on the switching policy corresponding to the set conditions.
  • the second activation code point is used to: include a first indication field in the first signaling, and determine the first indication field in the first indication field based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication.
  • the activation code point is the second activation code point
  • the TCI status/status group of one of the multiple TRPs used by the terminal device is updated according to the TCI status/status group corresponding to the second activation code point; or, in the first
  • the signaling includes a first indication field
  • the activation code point in the first indication field is determined to be the second activation code point based on the correspondence relationship of the second signaling indication
  • the first activation code point associated with the second activation code point is determined based on the correspondence relationship of the second signaling indication.
  • Update information update the TCI status/status group of one TRP among the multiple TRPs used by the terminal device; or include a first indication field in the first signaling, and determine the first indication based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication
  • the activation code point in the domain is the second activation code point
  • update the TCI status/status group of one TRP among the multiple TRPs used by the terminal device or, in When the first signaling includes a plurality of second indication fields, and the second activation code points in the plurality of second indication fields meet the setting conditions, based on the update policy corresponding to the setting conditions, the multiplexing codes adopted by the terminal device are updated. TCI status/status group of one TRP in each TRP.
  • the activation code in the first indication domain A point is one of the activation code points of the second signaling indication that has a corresponding relationship with the first indication field;
  • the activation code point in the second indication field is a second signaling indication that has a corresponding relationship with the second indication field.
  • the corresponding relationship between each second signaling and the first indication domain or the second indication domain is determined in one of the following ways: the second signaling and the first indication
  • the same TRP is associated with the first indication domain or the second indication domain; or, the first signaling carries association indication information, and the association indication information is used to indicate the first indication domain or the second indication domain in the first signaling.
  • the association indication information is used to indicate the first indication domain or the second indication domain in the first signaling.
  • Associated second signaling is associated with the first indication domain or the second indication domain.
  • the association indication information occupies at least one bit in the first indication field or the second indication field.
  • the first indication field includes at least two code points respectively corresponding to different second signaling indications; wherein any one of the at least two activation code points is activated by
  • the terminal device queries the corresponding relationship indicated by the second signaling corresponding to an activation code point to determine at least one TCI state/TCI state group corresponding to an activation code point.
  • terminal device provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure can implement all the method steps implemented by the method embodiment in Figure 10 and can achieve the same technical effect.
  • the implementation of the method in this embodiment will no longer be carried out.
  • the same parts and beneficial effects will be described in detail.
  • the present disclosure also provides a beam indication device. Since the beam indication device provided by the embodiments of the present disclosure is different from the beam indication method provided by the above embodiments of FIGS. 1 to 9 The method corresponds to the method, so the implementation of the beam indicating method is also applicable to the beam indicating device provided in the embodiment of the present disclosure, and will not be described in detail in the embodiment of the present disclosure. narrate.
  • Figure 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a beam pointing device provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure. It should be noted that the beam pointing device can be applied to terminal equipment.
  • the beam pointing device 1300 includes: a receiving module 1310 and a processing module 1320.
  • the first receiving module 1310 is used to receive the first signaling sent by the network device; the processing module 1320 is used to determine at least one based on a first indication field when the first signaling includes a first indication field.
  • a TCI status/status group when the first signaling includes multiple second indication fields, a TCI status/status group is determined based on each second indication field.
  • the receiving module 1310 is used to receive the second signaling sent by the network device, and the second signaling is used to indicate the correspondence between the activation code point and the TCI status/TCI status group;
  • the processing module 1320 is used to determine at least one TCI status/TCI status group corresponding to the activation code point in the first indication domain according to the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication; the processing module 1320 is used to: according to the second signaling The corresponding relationship of the indication determines a TCI status/TCI status group corresponding to the activation code point in each second indication field.
  • the activation code point indicated by the second signaling includes the first activation code point, and the first activation code point corresponds to multiple TCI states/state groups.
  • each TCI state/state group corresponding to the first activation code point has an associated relationship with the TRP; the processing module 1320 is also used to: based on the corresponding relationship indicated by the second signaling When it is determined that the activation code point in the first indication field is the first activation code point, based on multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point and the TRP associated with each TCI state/state group, Determine TCI status/status group for multiple TRPs.
  • each second indication domain has an associated relationship with the TRP; the processing module 1320 is also configured to: determine the activation of at least one second indication domain indication based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication.
  • the code point is the first activation code point
  • an effective TCI state/state group is determined from multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point; at least one second TCI state/state group is determined based on the effective TCI state/state group. Indicates the TCI status/status group of the TRP associated with the domain.
  • each TCI state/state group corresponding to the first activation code point has an association relationship with the TRP; the processing module 1320 is also configured to: determine at least one based on the corresponding relationship indicated by the second signaling When the activation code point indicated by a second indication field is the first activation code point, an effective TCI state/state group is determined from multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point; according to the effective TCI state/ Status group, determines the TCI status/status group of the TRP associated with the effective TCI status/status group.
  • the effective TCI state/state group is one of the following: among the multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point, the TCI state/state that meets the set sorting position group; or, among the multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point, the TCI state/state group associated with the TRP is the same as the TRP associated with the second indication domain.
  • the activation code point indicated by the second signaling includes a second activation code point, and the second activation code point corresponds to one TCI state/state group.
  • the processing module 1320 is also configured to determine that at least one activation code point indicated by the second indication field is a second activation code point based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication. Next, determine the TCI state/state group of the TRP associated with at least one second indication domain according to the TCI state/state group corresponding to the second activation code point.
  • the beam indicating device 1300 further includes: a switching module.
  • the switching module is configured to include a first indication field in the first signaling, and when it is determined that the activation code point in the first indication field is the second activation code point based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication,
  • the terminal device switches from multiple TRPs to the set single TRP; or, a first indication field is included in the first signaling, and the activation code point in the first indication field is determined to be the first indication field based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication.
  • the terminal device In the case of two activation code points, the terminal device is switched from multi-TRP to single TRP based on the first switching information associated with the second activation code point; or, a first indication field is included in the first signaling, and based on the first switching information
  • the terminal device is switched from multi-TRP to single TRP based on the second switching information carried in the first signaling.
  • the first signaling includes a plurality of second indication fields
  • the beam indicating device 1300 further includes: an update module.
  • the update module is configured to include a first indication field in the first signaling, and determine that the activation code point in the first indication field is the second activation code point based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication.
  • the TCI status/status group of one TRP among the multiple TRPs adopted by the device or, include a first indication field in the first signaling, and determine the activation code in the first indication field based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication.
  • the point is the second activation code point
  • Update the TCI status/status group of one TRP among multiple TRPs used by the terminal device or include multiple second indication fields in the first signaling, and determine the multiple second indications based on the correspondence between the second signaling indications.
  • the TCI status/status group of one TRP among the multiple TRPs used by the terminal device is updated based on the update policy corresponding to the set conditions.
  • the activation code in the first indication domain A point is one of the activation code points of the second signaling indication that has a corresponding relationship with the first indication field;
  • the activation code point in the second indication field is a second signaling indication that has a corresponding relationship with the second indication field.
  • the corresponding relationship between each second signaling and the first indication domain or the second indication domain is determined in one of the following ways: the second signaling and the first indication The same TRP is associated with the domain or the second indication domain; or, the first signaling carries association indication information, and the association indication information is used to indicate that the first indication domain or the second indication domain in the first signaling is associated with the second signaling.
  • the association indication information occupies at least one bit in the first indication field or the second indication field.
  • the first indication field includes at least two activation code points respectively corresponding to different second signaling indications; the processing module 1320 is also configured to: for at least two activation code points For any activation code point, query the corresponding relationship indicated by the second signaling corresponding to the activation code point to determine at least one TCI state/TCI state group corresponding to the activation code point.
  • the beam indicating device provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure can implement all the method steps implemented in the method embodiments of FIGS. 1 to 9 above, and can achieve the same technical effect. This embodiment will no longer be discussed here. The same parts and beneficial effects as those in the method embodiments will be described in detail.
  • the present disclosure also provides a beam indicating device. Since the beam indicating device provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure corresponds to the beam indicating method provided by the above-mentioned embodiment of FIG. 10, in The implementation of the beam pointing method is also applicable to the beam pointing device provided in the embodiment of the present disclosure, and will not be described in detail in the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a beam pointing device provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure. It should be noted that the beam pointing device can be applied to network equipment.
  • the beam pointing device 1400 includes: a sending module 1410.
  • the sending module 1410 is used to send the first signaling to the terminal device; wherein the first signaling includes a first indication field for the terminal device to determine at least one TCI status/status group according to the first indication field; Alternatively, the first signaling includes multiple second indication fields for the terminal device to determine a TCI status/status group based on each second indication domain, where the TCI status is used to indicate a type of beam, and the TCI status group is used to Indicates a beam group.
  • the sending module 1410 is also used to send second signaling to the terminal device; wherein the second signaling is used to indicate the correspondence between the activation code point and the TCI status/TCI status group Relationship; a first indication field, used by the terminal device to determine at least one TCI status/TCI status group corresponding to the activation code point in the first indication domain according to the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication; each second indication field , used by the terminal device to determine a TCI state/TCI state group corresponding to the activation code point in each second indication field according to the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication.
  • the activation code point indicated by the second signaling includes the first activation code point, and the first activation code point corresponds to multiple TCI states/state groups.
  • each TCI state/state group corresponding to the first activation code point has an association relationship with the TRP, which is used by the terminal device to determine the first indication domain based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication.
  • the TCI status/state of the multiple TRPs is determined based on the multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point and the TRP associated with each TCI state/state group. status group.
  • each second indication domain has an association relationship with the TRP, which is used by the terminal device to determine that the activation code point indicated by at least one second indication domain is the first based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication.
  • determine an effective TCI state/state group from multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point; determine at least one second indication domain associated with it based on the effective TCI state/state group. TCI status/status group of the TRP.
  • each TCI state/state group corresponding to the first activation code point has an association relationship with the TRP, which is used by the terminal device to determine at least one second indication based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication.
  • an effective TCI state/state group is determined from the multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point; based on the effective TCI state/state group, determine The TCI status/status group of the TRP associated with the effective TCI status/status group.
  • the effective TCI state/state group is one of the following: among the multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point, the TCI state/state that meets the set sorting position group; or, among the multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point, the TCI state/state group associated with the TRP is the same as the TRP associated with the second indication domain.
  • the activation code point indicated by the second signaling includes a second activation code point, and the second activation code point corresponds to one TCI state/state group.
  • the TCI state/state group corresponding to the second activation code point is used by the terminal device to determine the activation code point indicated by at least one second indication field based on the correspondence relationship of the second signaling indication.
  • the TCI status/status group of at least one TRP associated with the second indication domain is determined based on the TCI status/status group corresponding to the second activation code point.
  • the second activation code point is used to: include a first indication field in the first signaling, and determine the first indication field in the first indication field based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication.
  • the activation code point is the second activation code point
  • the corresponding relationship determines that the activation code point in the first indication field is the second activation code point
  • the first signaling includes a first indication field
  • the activation code point in the first indication field is determined to be the second activation code point based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication, based on the first signaling
  • the second switching information carried in the first signaling switches the terminal device from multiple TRPs to a single TRP; or
  • the second activation code point is used to: include a first indication field in the first signaling, and determine the first indication field in the first indication field based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication.
  • the activation code point is the second activation code point, update the TCI status/status group of one TRP among the multiple TRPs used by the terminal device according to the TCI status/status group corresponding to the second activation code point; or, in If the first signaling includes a first indication field, and the activation code point in the first indication field is determined to be the second activation code point based on the correspondence relationship of the second signaling indication, based on the second activation
  • the first update information associated with the code point updates the TCI status/status group of one TRP among the multiple TRPs used by the terminal device; or, a first indication field is included in the first signaling, and the TCI status/status group is based on the second signaling indication.
  • the TCI status of one TRP among the multiple TRPs adopted by the terminal device is updated/ Status group; or, when the first signaling includes multiple second indication fields, and it is determined based on the correspondence between the second signaling indications that the second activation code points in the multiple second indication fields meet the setting conditions. , based on the update strategy corresponding to the set conditions, update the TCI status/status group of one TRP among the multiple TRPs used by the terminal device.
  • the activation code point in the first indication domain It is one of the activation code points of the second signaling indication that has a corresponding relationship with the first indication field; the activation code point in the second indication field is the activation of the second signaling indication that has a corresponding relationship with the second indication field.
  • the corresponding relationship between each second signaling and the first indication domain or the second indication domain is determined in one of the following ways: the second signaling and the first indication The same TRP is associated with the first indication domain or the second indication domain; or, the first signaling carries association indication information, and the association indication information is used to indicate that the first indication domain or the second indication domain in the first signaling is associated with Second signaling.
  • the association indication information occupies at least one bit in the first indication field or the second indication field.
  • the first indication field includes at least two code points respectively corresponding to different second signaling indications; wherein any one of the at least two activation code points is activated by
  • the terminal device queries the corresponding relationship indicated by the second signaling corresponding to the one activation code point to determine at least one TCI state/TCI state group corresponding to one activation code point.
  • the beam indicating device provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure can implement all the method steps implemented by the method embodiment in Figure 10 and can achieve the same technical effect.
  • the method in this embodiment will no longer be discussed here.
  • the same parts and beneficial effects of the embodiments will be described in detail.
  • each functional unit in various embodiments of the present disclosure can be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit can exist physically alone, or two or more units can be integrated into one unit.
  • the above integrated units can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional units.
  • the integrated unit may be stored in a processor-readable storage medium if it is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product.
  • the technical solution of the present disclosure is essentially or contributes to the existing technology, or all or part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium , including several instructions to cause a computer device (which can be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) or a processor to execute all or part of the steps of the methods of various embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk, etc., which can store program code. medium.
  • the present disclosure also proposes a processor-readable storage medium.
  • the processor-readable storage medium stores a computer program, and the computer program is used to cause the processor to execute the figures of the present disclosure.
  • the processor-readable storage medium may be any available media or data storage device that the processor can access, including but not limited to magnetic storage (such as floppy disks, hard disks, magnetic tapes, magneto-optical disks (MO), etc.), optical storage (such as CD, DVD, BD, HVD, etc.), and semiconductor memories (such as ROM, EPROM, EEPROM, non-volatile memory (NAND FLASH), solid state drive (SSD)), etc.
  • magnetic storage such as floppy disks, hard disks, magnetic tapes, magneto-optical disks (MO), etc.
  • optical storage such as CD, DVD, BD, HVD, etc.
  • semiconductor memories such as ROM, EPROM, EEPROM, non-volatile memory (NAND FLASH), solid state drive (SSD)
  • the present disclosure also proposes a processor-readable storage medium.
  • the processor-readable storage medium stores a computer program, and the computer program is used to cause the processor to execute the beam pointing method described in the embodiment of FIG. 10 of the present disclosure.
  • the processor-readable storage medium may be any available media or data storage device that the processor can access, including but not limited to magnetic storage (such as floppy disks, hard disks, magnetic tapes, magneto-optical disks (MO), etc.), optical storage (such as CD, DVD, BD, HVD, etc.), and semiconductor memory (such as ROM, EPROM, EEPROM, non-volatile memory (NAND FLASH), solid state drive (SSD)), etc.
  • magnetic storage such as floppy disks, hard disks, magnetic tapes, magneto-optical disks (MO), etc.
  • optical storage such as CD, DVD, BD, HVD, etc.
  • semiconductor memory such as ROM, EPROM, EEPROM, non-volatile memory (NAND FLASH), solid state drive (SSD)
  • embodiments of the present disclosure may be provided as methods, systems, or computer program products. Accordingly, the present disclosure may take the form of an entirely hardware embodiment, an entirely software embodiment, or an embodiment that combines software and hardware aspects. Furthermore, the present disclosure may take the form of a computer program product embodied on one or more computer-usable storage media (including, but not limited to, magnetic disk storage, optical storage, and the like) embodying computer-usable program code therein.
  • a computer-usable storage media including, but not limited to, magnetic disk storage, optical storage, and the like
  • processor-executable instructions may also be stored in a processor-readable memory that causes a computer or other programmable data processing apparatus to operate in a particular manner, such that the generation of instructions stored in the processor-readable memory includes the manufacture of the instruction means product, the instruction device implements the function specified in one process or multiple processes in the flow chart and/or one block or multiple blocks in the block diagram.
  • processor-executable instructions may also be loaded onto a computer or other programmable data processing device, causing a series of operational steps to be performed on the computer or other programmable device to produce computer-implemented processing, thereby causing the computer or other programmable device to
  • the instructions that are executed provide steps for implementing the functions specified in a process or processes of the flowchart diagrams and/or a block or blocks of the block diagrams.

Abstract

The present disclosure relates to the technical field of wireless communications. Provided are a beam indication method and apparatus, and a related device. The method comprises: receiving first signaling, which is sent by a network device; when the first signaling comprises one first indication domain, determining at least one TCI state/TCI state group according to the one first indication domain; and when the first signaling comprises a plurality of second indication domains, determining one TCI state/TCI state group according to each second indication domain, wherein the TCI state is used for indicating one type of a beam, and the TCI state group is used for indicating one type of a beam group.

Description

波束指示方法、装置及其相关设备Beam pointing method, device and related equipment
相关申请的交叉引用Cross-references to related applications
本申请基于申请号为202210948812.3、申请日为2022年08月09日的中国专利申请提出,并要求该中国专利申请的优先权,该中国专利申请的全部内容在此引入本申请作为参考。This application is filed based on a Chinese patent application with application number 202210948812.3 and a filing date of August 9, 2022, and claims the priority of the Chinese patent application. The entire content of the Chinese patent application is hereby incorporated into this application as a reference.
技术领域Technical field
本公开涉及无线通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种波束指示方法、装置及其相关设备。The present disclosure relates to the field of wireless communication technology, and in particular, to a beam indicating method, device and related equipment.
背景技术Background technique
目前,在新空口(New Radio,简称NR)系统中,下行信道包括物理下行共享信道(Physical Downlink Shared Channel,简称PDSCH)以及物理下行控制信道(Physical Downlink Control Channel,简称PDCCH),上行信道包括物理上行共享信道(Physical Uplink Shared Channel,简称PUSCH)以及物理上行链路控制信道(Physical Uplink Control Channel,简称PUCCH)。对于高频传输(NR中的FR2频段),由于传输范围受限,通常上下行信道经过波束赋形后进行传输以增强覆盖,其中,需要使用信令指示信道传输时的波束,确定不同信道的波束方向,即波束指示。Currently, in the New Radio (NR) system, the downlink channel includes the Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) and the Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH). The uplink channel includes the Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDCCH). Uplink Shared Channel (Physical Uplink Shared Channel, referred to as PUSCH) and Physical Uplink Control Channel (Physical Uplink Control Channel, referred to as PUCCH). For high-frequency transmission (FR2 frequency band in NR), due to the limited transmission range, uplink and downlink channels are usually transmitted after beamforming to enhance coverage. Among them, signaling needs to be used to indicate the beam during channel transmission and determine the beams of different channels. Beam direction, i.e. beam indication.
但是,不同的信道使用不同的波束指示信令,且各个信道独立进行波束指示,这样需要采用多条信令进行波束指示,增加了通信系统的复杂度和信令指示开销。However, different channels use different beam indication signaling, and each channel performs beam indication independently. This requires multiple signaling pieces for beam indication, which increases the complexity of the communication system and the signaling indication overhead.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本公开提供了一种用于波束指示方法、装置及其相关设备。The present disclosure provides a method, device and related equipment for beam indication.
根据本公开的一方面,提供了一种波束指示方法,由终端设备执行,所述方法包括:接收网络设备发送的第一信令;在所述第一信令中包括一个第一指示域的情况下,根据所述一个第一指示域确定至少一个TCI(Transmission Configuration Indication,传输配置指示)状态/状态组;在所述第一信令中包括多个第二指示域的情况下,根据每个所述第二指示域确定一个TCI状态/状态组,其中,所述TCI状态用于指示一种波束,所述TCI状态组用于指示一种波束组。According to an aspect of the present disclosure, a beam indication method is provided, which is executed by a terminal device. The method includes: receiving a first signaling sent by a network device; and including a first indication domain in the first signaling. In this case, at least one TCI (Transmission Configuration Indication, Transmission Configuration Indication) status/status group is determined according to the one first indication field; in the case that the first signaling includes multiple second indication fields, according to each Each of the second indication fields determines a TCI status/status group, wherein the TCI status is used to indicate a type of beam, and the TCI status group is used to indicate a type of beam group.
在一些实施例中,所述波束指示方法还包括:接收网络设备发送的第二信令,所述第二信令用于指示激活码点与TCI状态/TCI状态组之间的对应关系;所述根据所述一个第一指示域确定至少一个TCI状态/状态组,包括:根据所述第二信令指示的对应关系,确定所述一个第一指示域中的激活码点对应的至少一个TCI状态/TCI状态组;所述根据每个所述第二指示域确定一个TCI状态/状态组,包括:根据所述第二信令指示的对应关系,确定每个所述第二指示域中的激活码点对应的一个TCI状态/TCI状态组。In some embodiments, the beam indication method further includes: receiving second signaling sent by the network device, the second signaling being used to indicate the correspondence between the activation code point and the TCI state/TCI state group; Determining at least one TCI status/status group according to the first indication field includes: determining at least one TCI corresponding to the activation code point in the first indication field according to the correspondence relationship of the second signaling indication. Status/TCI status group; Determining a TCI status/status group according to each second indication domain includes: determining a TCI status/status group in each second indication domain according to the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication. Activate a TCI state/TCI state group corresponding to the code point.
在一些实施例中,所述第二信令指示的所述激活码点中包括第一激活码点,所述第一激活码点对应的TCI状态/状态组为多个。In some embodiments, the activation code point indicated by the second signaling includes a first activation code point, and the first activation code point corresponds to multiple TCI states/state groups.
在一些实施例中,所述第一激活码点对应的每个所述TCI状态/状态组与TRP具有关联关系;所述根据所述第二信令指示的对应关系,确定所述一个第一指示域中的激活码点对应的至少一个TCI状态/TCI状态组,包括:基于所述第二信令指示的对应关系确定所述第一指示域中的激活码点为所述第一激活码点的情况下,根据所述第一激活码点对应的多个TCI状态/状态组,以及每个所述TCI状态/状态组所关联TRP,确定多个TRP的TCI状态/状态组。In some embodiments, each of the TCI states/status groups corresponding to the first activation code point has an association relationship with a TRP; and the first first activation code point is determined based on the corresponding relationship indicated by the second signaling. Indicate at least one TCI state/TCI state group corresponding to the activation code point in the field, including: determining that the activation code point in the first indication field is the first activation code based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication In the case of points, the TCI status/status group of the multiple TRPs is determined based on the multiple TCI status/status groups corresponding to the first activation code point and the TRP associated with each TCI status/status group.
在一些实施例中,每个所述第二指示域与TRP具有关联关系;所述根据所述第二信令指示的对应关系,确定每个所述第二指示域中的激活码点对应的一个TCI状态/TCI状态组,包括:基于所述第二信令指示的对应关系确定至少一个所述第二指示域指示的激活码点为所述第一激活码点的情况下,从所述第一激活码点对应的多个TCI状态/状态组中确定一个生效TCI状态/状态组;根据所述生效TCI状态/状态组,确定所述至少一个第二指示域所关联的TRP的TCI状态/状态组。In some embodiments, each of the second indication fields has an associated relationship with a TRP; and based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication, the activation code point corresponding to each of the second indication fields is determined. A TCI state/TCI state group includes: when it is determined that at least one activation code point indicated by the second indication field is the first activation code point based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication, from the Determine an effective TCI state/state group among multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point; determine the TCI state of the TRP associated with the at least one second indication domain based on the effective TCI state/state group. /status group.
在一些实施例中,所述第一激活码点对应的每个所述TCI状态/状态组与TRP具有关联关系;所述根据所述第二信令指示的对应关系,确定每个所述第二指示域中的激活码点对应的一个TCI状态/TCI状态组,包括:基于所述第二信令指示的对应关系确定至少一个所述第二指示域指示的激活码点为所述第一激活码点的情况下,从所述第一激活码点对应的多个TCI状态/状态组中确定一个生效TCI状态/状态组;根据所述生效TCI状态/状态组,确定所述生效TCI状态/状态组所关联的TRP的TCI状态/状态组。In some embodiments, each TCI status/status group corresponding to the first activation code point has an association relationship with a TRP; and each of the first activation code points is determined according to the corresponding relationship indicated by the second signaling. A TCI state/TCI state group corresponding to activation code points in two indication fields, including: determining at least one activation code point indicated by the second indication field to be the first based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication. In the case of activating code points, determine an effective TCI state/state group from multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point; determine the effective TCI state according to the effective TCI state/state group. TCI status/status group of the TRP associated with the /status group.
在一些实施例中,所述生效TCI状态/状态组是下列中的一种:所述第一激活码点对应的多个TCI状态/状态组中,符合设定排序位置的TCI状态/状态组;或,所述第一激活码点对应的多个TCI状态/状态组中,TRP关联的TCI状态/状态组,所述TRP与所述第二指示域所关联的TRP相同。 In some embodiments, the effective TCI status/status group is one of the following: among the multiple TCI status/status groups corresponding to the first activation code point, the TCI status/status group that meets the set sorting position ; Or, among the multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point, the TCI state/state group associated with the TRP is the same as the TRP associated with the second indication field.
在一些实施例中,所述第二信令指示的激活码点中包括第二激活码点,所述第二激活码点对应的TCI状态/状态组为一个。In some embodiments, the activation code points indicated by the second signaling include a second activation code point, and the second activation code point corresponds to one TCI state/state group.
在一些实施例中,所述根据所述第二信令指示的对应关系,确定每个所述第二指示域中的激活码点对应的一个TCI状态/TCI状态组,包括:基于所述第二信令指示的对应关系确定至少一个所述第二指示域指示的激活码点为所述第二激活码点的情况下,根据所述第二激活码点对应的TCI状态/状态组,确定所述至少一个第二指示域关联的TRP的TCI状态/状态组。In some embodiments, determining a TCI state/TCI state group corresponding to each activation code point in the second indication field according to the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication includes: based on the first When the corresponding relationship between two signaling indications determines that at least one activation code point indicated by the second indication field is the second activation code point, it is determined according to the TCI status/status group corresponding to the second activation code point. The at least one second indication domain is associated with the TCI status/status group of the TRP.
在一些实施例中,所述波束指示方法,还包括:在所述第一信令中包括一个第一指示域,且基于所述第二信令指示的对应关系确定所述第一指示域中的激活码点为所述第二激活码点的情况下,将所述终端设备从多TRP切换为设定的单TRP;或者,在所述第一信令中包括一个第一指示域,且基于所述第二信令指示的对应关系确定所述第一指示域中的激活码点为所述第二激活码点的情况下,基于所述第二信令指示的所述第二激活码点关联的第一切换信息,将所述终端设备从多TRP切换为单TRP;或者,在所述第一信令中包括一个第一指示域,且基于所述第二信令指示的对应关系确定所述第一指示域中的激活码点为所述第二激活码点的情况下,基于所述第一信令中携带的第二切换信息,将所述终端设备从多TRP切换为单TRP;或者,在所述第一信令中包括多个第二指示域,且基于所述第二信令指示的对应关系确定所述多个第二指示域中的第二激活码点符合设定条件的情况下,基于所述设定条件对应的切换策略将所述终端设备从多TRP切换为单TRP。In some embodiments, the beam indication method further includes: including a first indication domain in the first signaling, and determining the first indication domain based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication. When the activation code point is the second activation code point, switch the terminal device from multiple TRPs to the set single TRP; or, include a first indication field in the first signaling, and When it is determined that the activation code point in the first indication field is the second activation code point based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication, the second activation code based on the second signaling indication Switch the terminal device from multiple TRPs to a single TRP based on the first switching information associated with the point; or, include a first indication field in the first signaling, and based on the corresponding relationship indicated by the second signaling When it is determined that the activation code point in the first indication field is the second activation code point, the terminal device is switched from multi-TRP to single-TRP based on the second switching information carried in the first signaling. TRP; or, include a plurality of second indication fields in the first signaling, and determine that the second activation code point in the plurality of second indication fields conforms to the setting based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication. When certain conditions are met, the terminal device is switched from multiple TRPs to a single TRP based on the switching strategy corresponding to the set conditions.
在一些实施例中,所述波束指示方法,还包括:在所述第一信令中包括一个第一指示域,且基于所述第二信令指示的对应关系确定所述第一指示域中的激活码点为所述第二激活码点的情况下,根据所述第二激活码点对应的TCI状态/状态组,更新所述终端设备采用的多个TRP中一个TRP的TCI状态/状态组;或者,在所述第一信令中包括一个第一指示域,且基于所述第二信令指示的对应关系确定所述第一指示域中的激活码点为所述第二激活码点的情况下,基于所述第二信令指示的所述第二激活码点关联的第一更新信息,更新所述终端设备采用的多个TRP中一个TRP的TCI状态/状态组;或者,在所述第一信令中包括一个第一指示域,且基于所述第二信令指示的对应关系确定所述第一指示域中的激活码点为所述第二激活码点的情况下,基于所述第一信令中携带的第二更新信息,更新所述终端设备采用的多个TRP中一个TRP的TCI状态/状态组;或者,在所述第一信令中包括多个第二指示域,且基于所述第二信令指示的对应关系确定所述多个第二指示域中的第二激活码点符合设定条件的情况下,基于所述设定条件对应的更新策略,更新所述终端设备采用的多个TRP中一个TRP的TCI状态/状态组。In some embodiments, the beam indication method further includes: including a first indication domain in the first signaling, and determining the first indication domain based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication. When the activation code point is the second activation code point, update the TCI status/status of one TRP among the multiple TRPs adopted by the terminal device according to the TCI status/status group corresponding to the second activation code point. group; or, the first signaling includes a first indication field, and based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication, it is determined that the activation code point in the first indication field is the second activation code In the case of point, based on the first update information associated with the second activation code point indicated by the second signaling, update the TCI status/status group of one TRP among the multiple TRPs adopted by the terminal device; or, When the first signaling includes a first indication field, and the activation code point in the first indication field is determined to be the second activation code point based on the correspondence relationship of the second signaling indication. , based on the second update information carried in the first signaling, update the TCI status/status group of one TRP among the plurality of TRPs adopted by the terminal device; or, include multiple third ones in the first signaling Two indication fields, and when it is determined based on the correspondence relationship of the second signaling indication that the second activation code point in the plurality of second indication fields meets the setting conditions, the update strategy corresponding to the setting conditions is based on the , update the TCI status/status group of one TRP among the multiple TRPs adopted by the terminal device.
在一些实施例中,所述第二信令为多个,各所述第二信令与所述第一指示域或者所述第二指示域之间存在对应关系;所述第一指示域中的激活码点,是与所述第一指示域存在对应关系的第二信令指示的激活码点中的一个;所述第二指示域中的激活码点,是与所述第二指示域存在对应关系的第二信令指示的激活码点中的一个。In some embodiments, there are multiple second signalings, and there is a corresponding relationship between each second signaling and the first indication domain or the second indication domain; in the first indication domain The activation code point is one of the activation code points indicated by the second signaling field corresponding to the first indication field; the activation code point in the second indication field is the activation code point corresponding to the second indication field. One of the activation code points indicated by the second signaling that has a corresponding relationship.
在一些实施例中,各所述第二信令与所述第一指示域或者所述第二指示域之间的对应关系,是采用下列中的一种方式确定:第二信令与所述第一指示域或者所述第二指示域之间关联有相同的TRP;或者,所述第一信令中携带有关联指示信息,所述关联指示信息用于指示所述第一信令中的所述第一指示域或者所述第二指示域所关联的第二信令。In some embodiments, the corresponding relationship between each of the second signaling and the first indication domain or the second indication domain is determined in one of the following ways: the second signaling and the The same TRP is associated with the first indication domain or the second indication domain; or, the first signaling carries association indication information, and the association indication information is used to indicate the The second signaling associated with the first indication field or the second indication field.
在一些实施例中,所述关联指示信息占用所述第一指示域或所述第二指示域中的至少一个比特位。In some embodiments, the association indication information occupies at least one bit in the first indication field or the second indication field.
在一些实施例中,所述第一指示域中包括分别对应不同的第二信令指示的至少两个激活码点;所述根据所述第二信令指示的对应关系,确定所述一个第一指示域中的激活码点对应的至少一个TCI状态/TCI状态组,包括:针对所述至少两个激活码点中任意的一个激活码点,查询与所述一个激活码点对应的第二信令所指示的对应关系,以确定所述一个激活码点对应的至少一个TCI状态/TCI状态组。In some embodiments, the first indication field includes at least two activation code points respectively corresponding to different second signaling indications; and the first indication is determined according to the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indications. At least one TCI status/TCI status group corresponding to the activation code point in an indication field includes: for any one activation code point among the at least two activation code points, querying the second activation code point corresponding to the one activation code point. The corresponding relationship indicated by the signaling is used to determine at least one TCI state/TCI state group corresponding to the one activation code point.
根据本公开的另一方面,提供了一种波束指示方法,由网络设备执行,所述方法包括:向终端设备发送第一信令;其中,所述第一信令中包括一个第一指示域,用于所述终端设备根据所述一个第一指示域确定多个TCI状态/状态组;或者,所述第一信令中包括多个第二指示域,用于所述终端设备根据每个所述第二指示域确定一个TCI状态/状态组,其中,所述TCI状态用于指示一种波束,所述TCI状态组用于指示一种波束组。According to another aspect of the present disclosure, a beam indication method is provided, which is executed by a network device. The method includes: sending a first signaling to a terminal device; wherein the first signaling includes a first indication field. , for the terminal device to determine multiple TCI states/status groups according to the one first indication field; or, the first signaling includes a plurality of second indication fields, for the terminal device to determine multiple TCI states/status groups according to each The second indication field determines a TCI status/status group, wherein the TCI status is used to indicate a type of beam, and the TCI status group is used to indicate a type of beam group.
在一些实施例中,所述波束指示方法还包括:向所述终端设备发送第二信令;其中,所述第二信令用于指示激活码点与TCI状态/TCI状态组之间的对应关系;所述一个第一指示域,用于所述终端设备根据所述第二信令指示的对应关系,确定所述一个第一指示域中的激活码点对应的至少一个TCI状态/TCI状态组;每个所述第二指示域,用于所述终端设备根据所述第二信令指示的对应关系,确定每个所述第二指示域中的激活码点对应的一个TCI状态/TCI状态组。 In some embodiments, the beam indication method further includes: sending second signaling to the terminal device; wherein the second signaling is used to indicate the correspondence between the activation code point and the TCI state/TCI state group Relationship; the first indication field is used by the terminal device to determine at least one TCI state/TCI state corresponding to the activation code point in the first indication field according to the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication. Group; each of the second indication fields is used by the terminal device to determine a TCI status/TCI corresponding to the activation code point in each of the second indication fields according to the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication. status group.
在一些实施例中,所述第二信令的所述激活码点中包括第一激活码点,所述第一激活码点对应的TCI状态/状态组为多个。In some embodiments, the activation code point of the second signaling includes a first activation code point, and the first activation code point corresponds to multiple TCI states/state groups.
在一些实施例中,所述第一激活码点对应的每个所述TCI状态/状态组与TRP具有关联关系,用于所述终端设备基于所述第二信令指示的对应关系确定所述第一指示域中的激活码点为所述第一激活码点的情况下,根据所述第一激活码点对应的多个TCI状态/状态组,以及每个所述TCI状态/状态组所关联TRP,确定多个TRP的TCI状态/状态组。In some embodiments, each of the TCI states/status groups corresponding to the first activation code point has an association relationship with the TRP, for the terminal device to determine the corresponding relationship based on the second signaling indication. When the activation code point in the first indication field is the first activation code point, according to multiple TCI states/status groups corresponding to the first activation code point, and the location of each TCI state/status group. Correlate TRPs and determine the TCI status/status group of multiple TRPs.
在一些实施例中,每个所述第二指示域与TRP具有关联关系,用于所述终端设备基于所述第二信令指示的对应关系确定至少一个所述第二指示域指示的激活码点为所述第一激活码点的情况下,从所述第一激活码点对应的多个TCI状态/状态组中确定一个生效TCI状态/状态组;根据所述生效TCI状态/状态组,确定所述至少一个第二指示域所关联的TRP的TCI状态/状态组。In some embodiments, each of the second indication fields has an associated relationship with a TRP, which is used by the terminal device to determine at least one activation code indicated by the second indication field based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication. When the point is the first activation code point, an effective TCI state/state group is determined from multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point; according to the effective TCI state/state group, Determine the TCI status/status group of the TRP associated with the at least one second indication domain.
在一些实施例中,所述第一激活码点对应的每个所述TCI状态/状态组与TRP具有关联关系,用于所述终端设备基于所述第二信令指示的对应关系确定至少一个所述第二指示域指示的激活码点为所述第一激活码点的情况下,从所述第一激活码点对应的多个TCI状态/状态组中确定一个生效TCI状态/状态组;根据所述生效TCI状态/状态组,确定所述生效TCI状态/状态组所关联的TRP的TCI状态/状态组。In some embodiments, each TCI status/status group corresponding to the first activation code point has an association relationship with a TRP, for the terminal device to determine at least one based on the corresponding relationship indicated by the second signaling. When the activation code point indicated by the second indication field is the first activation code point, determine an effective TCI state/state group from multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point; According to the effective TCI state/state group, the TCI state/state group of the TRP associated with the effective TCI state/state group is determined.
在一些实施例中,所述生效TCI状态/状态组是下列中的一种:所述第一激活码点对应的多个TCI状态/状态组中,符合设定排序位置的TCI状态/状态组;或,所述第一激活码点对应的多个TCI状态/状态组中,TRP关联的TCI状态/状态组,其中所述TRP与所述第二指示域关联的TRP相同。In some embodiments, the effective TCI status/status group is one of the following: among the multiple TCI status/status groups corresponding to the first activation code point, the TCI status/status group that meets the set sorting position ; Or, among the multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point, the TCI state/state group associated with the TRP, wherein the TRP is the same as the TRP associated with the second indication domain.
在一些实施例中,所述第二信令指示的激活码点中包括第二激活码点,所述第二激活码点对应的TCI状态/状态组为一个。In some embodiments, the activation code points indicated by the second signaling include a second activation code point, and the second activation code point corresponds to one TCI state/state group.
在一些实施例中,所述第二激活码点对应的TCI状态/状态组,用于所述终端设备基于所述第二信令指示的对应关系确定至少一个所述第二指示域指示的激活码点为所述第二激活码点的情况下,根据所述第二激活码点对应的TCI状态/状态组,确定所述至少一个第二指示域关联的TRP的TCI状态/状态组。In some embodiments, the TCI state/state group corresponding to the second activation code point is used by the terminal device to determine the activation of at least one of the second indication domain indications based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication. If the code point is the second activation code point, the TCI status/status group of the TRP associated with the at least one second indication domain is determined according to the TCI status/status group corresponding to the second activation code point.
在一些实施例中,所述第二激活码点,用于:在所述第一信令中包括一个第一指示域,且基于所述第二信令指示的对应关系确定所述第一指示域中的激活码点为所述第二激活码点的情况下,将所述终端设备从多TRP切换为设定的单TRP;或者,在所述第一信令中包括一个第一指示域,且基于所述第二信令指示的对应关系确定所述第一指示域中的激活码点为所述第二激活码点的情况下,基于所述第二信令指示的所述第二激活码点关联的第一切换信息,将所述终端设备从多TRP切换为单TRP;或者,在所述第一信令中包括一个第一指示域,且基于所述第二信令指示的对应关系确定所述第一指示域中的激活码点为所述第二激活码点的情况下,基于所述第一信令中携带的第二切换信息,将所述终端设备从多TRP切换为单TRP;或者,在所述第一信令中包括多个第二指示域,且基于所述第二信令指示的对应关系确定所述多个第二指示域中的第二激活码点符合设定条件的情况下,基于所述设定条件对应的切换策略将所述终端设备从多TRP切换为单TRP。In some embodiments, the second activation code point is used to: include a first indication field in the first signaling, and determine the first indication based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication. When the activation code point in the domain is the second activation code point, switch the terminal device from multiple TRPs to the set single TRP; or include a first indication domain in the first signaling , and when it is determined that the activation code point in the first indication field is the second activation code point based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication, the second activation code point based on the second signaling indication Activating the first switching information associated with the code point, switching the terminal device from multiple TRPs to a single TRP; or, including a first indication field in the first signaling, and based on the second signaling indication When the corresponding relationship determines that the activation code point in the first indication field is the second activation code point, the terminal device is switched from the multi-TRP based on the second switching information carried in the first signaling. is a single TRP; or, the first signaling includes multiple second indication fields, and the second activation code point in the multiple second indication fields is determined based on the correspondence relationship of the second signaling indication. If the set conditions are met, the terminal device is switched from multiple TRPs to a single TRP based on the switching strategy corresponding to the set conditions.
在一些实施例中,所述第二激活码点,用于:在所述第一信令中包括一个第一指示域,且基于所述第二信令指示的对应关系确定所述第一指示域中的激活码点为所述第二激活码点的情况下,根据所述第二激活码点对应的TCI状态/状态组,更新所述终端设备采用的多个TRP中一个TRP的TCI状态/状态组;或者,在所述第一信令中包括一个第一指示域,且基于所述第二信令指示的对应关系确定所述第一指示域中的激活码点为所述第二激活码点的情况下,基于所述第二信令指示的所述第二激活码点关联的第一更新信息,更新所述终端设备采用的多个TRP中一个TRP的TCI状态/状态组;或者,在所述第一信令中包括一个第一指示域,且基于所述第二信令指示的对应关系确定所述第一指示域中的激活码点为所述第二激活码点的情况下,基于所述第一信令中携带的第二更新信息,更新所述终端设备采用的多个TRP中一个TRP的TCI状态/状态组;或者,在所述第一信令中包括多个第二指示域,且基于所述第二信令指示的对应关系确定所述多个第二指示域中的第二激活码点符合设定条件的情况下,基于所述设定条件对应的更新策略,更新所述终端设备采用的多个TRP中一个TRP的TCI状态/状态组。In some embodiments, the second activation code point is used to: include a first indication field in the first signaling, and determine the first indication based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication. When the activation code point in the domain is the second activation code point, the TCI status of one TRP among the multiple TRPs adopted by the terminal device is updated according to the TCI status/status group corresponding to the second activation code point. /Status group; or, a first indication field is included in the first signaling, and based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication, it is determined that the activation code point in the first indication field is the second In the case of activation code points, based on the first update information associated with the second activation code point indicated by the second signaling, update the TCI status/status group of one TRP among the multiple TRPs adopted by the terminal device; Alternatively, the first signaling includes a first indication field, and based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication, it is determined that the activation code point in the first indication field is the second activation code point. In this case, based on the second update information carried in the first signaling, update the TCI status/status group of one TRP among the multiple TRPs adopted by the terminal device; or, include multiple TCI status groups in the first signaling. second indication fields, and it is determined based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication that the second activation code point in the plurality of second indication fields meets the setting conditions, based on the corresponding setting conditions Update the policy to update the TCI status/status group of one TRP among the multiple TRPs used by the terminal device.
在一些实施例中,所述第二信令为多个,各所述第二信令与所述第一指示域或者所述第二指示域之间存在对应关系;所述第一指示域中的激活码点,是与所述第一指示域存在对应关系的第二信令指示的激活码点中的一个;所述第二指示域中的激活码点,是与所述第二指示域存在对应关系的第二信令指示的激活码点中的一个。In some embodiments, there are multiple second signalings, and there is a corresponding relationship between each second signaling and the first indication domain or the second indication domain; in the first indication domain The activation code point is one of the activation code points indicated by the second signaling field corresponding to the first indication field; the activation code point in the second indication field is the activation code point corresponding to the second indication field. One of the activation code points indicated by the second signaling that has a corresponding relationship.
在一些实施例中,各所述第二信令与所述第一指示域或者所述第二指示域之间的对应关系,是采用下列中的一种方式确定:第二信令与所述第一指示域或者所述第二指示域之间关联相同的TRP;或者,所述第一信令中携带有关联指示信息,所述关联指示信息用于指示所述第一信令中的所述第 一指示域或者所述第二指示域所关联的第二信令。In some embodiments, the corresponding relationship between each of the second signaling and the first indication domain or the second indication domain is determined in one of the following ways: the second signaling and the The first indication domain or the second indication domain is associated with the same TRP; or, the first signaling carries association indication information, and the association indication information is used to indicate all the information in the first signaling. Shudi An indication domain or second signaling associated with the second indication domain.
在一些实施例中,所述关联指示信息占用所述第一指示域或所述第二指示域中的至少一个比特位。In some embodiments, the association indication information occupies at least one bit in the first indication field or the second indication field.
在一些实施例中,所述第一指示域中包括分别对应不同的第二信令指示的至少两个码点;其中,所述至少两个激活码点中任意的一个激活码点,用于所述终端设备查询与所述一个激活码点对应的第二信令所指示的对应关系,以确定所述一个激活码点对应的至少一个TCI状态/TCI状态组。In some embodiments, the first indication field includes at least two code points respectively corresponding to different second signaling indications; wherein any one of the at least two activation code points is used for The terminal device queries the corresponding relationship indicated by the second signaling corresponding to the one activation code point to determine at least one TCI state/TCI state group corresponding to the one activation code point.
根据本公开的另一方面,提供了一种终端设备,包括存储器,收发机,处理器:存储器,用于存储计算机程序;收发机,用于在所述处理器的控制下收发数据;处理器,用于读取所述存储器中的计算机程序并执行以下操作:接收网络设备发送的第一信令;在所述第一信令中包括一个第一指示域的情况下,根据所述一个第一指示域确定至少一个TCI状态/状态组;在所述第一信令中包括多个第二指示域的情况下,根据每个所述第二指示域确定一个TCI状态/状态组。According to another aspect of the present disclosure, a terminal device is provided, including a memory, a transceiver, and a processor: the memory is used to store a computer program; the transceiver is used to send and receive data under the control of the processor; the processor , used to read the computer program in the memory and perform the following operations: receive the first signaling sent by the network device; in the case where the first signaling includes a first indication field, according to the first An indication field determines at least one TCI status/status group; when the first signaling includes multiple second indication domains, one TCI status/status group is determined according to each second indication domain.
根据本公开的另一方面,提供了一种网络设备,包括存储器,收发机,处理器:存储器,用于存储计算机程序;收发机,用于在所述处理器的控制下收发数据;处理器,用于读取所述存储器中的计算机程序并执行以下操作:向终端设备发送第一信令;其中,所述第一信令中包括一个第一指示域,用于所述终端设备根据所述一个第一指示域确定至少一个TCI状态/状态组;或者,所述第一信令中包括多个第二指示域,用于所述终端设备根据每个所述第二指示域确定一个TCI状态/状态组,其中,所述TCI状态用于指示一种波束,所述TCI状态组用于指示一种波束组。According to another aspect of the present disclosure, a network device is provided, including a memory, a transceiver, and a processor: the memory is used to store a computer program; the transceiver is used to send and receive data under the control of the processor; the processor , used to read the computer program in the memory and perform the following operations: send the first signaling to the terminal device; wherein the first signaling includes a first indication field for the terminal device to operate according to the The one first indication field determines at least one TCI status/status group; or, the first signaling includes a plurality of second indication fields, for the terminal device to determine a TCI according to each of the second indication fields. Status/status group, wherein the TCI status is used to indicate a type of beam, and the TCI status group is used to indicate a type of beam group.
根据本公开的另一方面,提供了一种波束指示装置,包括:接收模块,用于接收网络设备发送的第一信令;处理模块,用于在所述第一信令中包括一个第一指示域的情况下,根据所述一个第一指示域确定至少一个TCI状态/状态组;在所述第一信令中包括多个第二指示域的情况下,根据每个所述第二指示域确定一个TCI状态/状态组,其中,所述TCI状态用于指示一种波束,所述TCI状态组用于指示一种波束组。According to another aspect of the present disclosure, a beam indication device is provided, including: a receiving module, configured to receive a first signaling sent by a network device; and a processing module, configured to include a first signaling in the first signaling. In the case of an indication domain, at least one TCI status/status group is determined based on the one first indication domain; in the case of multiple second indication domains included in the first signaling, at least one TCI status/status group is determined based on each of the second indication fields. The domain determines a TCI state/state group, wherein the TCI state is used to indicate a type of beam, and the TCI status group is used to indicate a type of beam group.
根据本公开的另一方面,提供了一种波束指示装置,包括:发送模块,用于向终端设备发送第一信令;其中,所述第一信令中包括一个第一指示域,用于所述终端设备根据所述一个第一指示域确定至少一个TCI状态/状态组;或者,所述第一信令中包括多个第二指示域,用于所述终端设备根据每个所述第二指示域确定一个TCI状态/状态组,其中,所述TCI状态用于指示一种波束,所述TCI状态组用于指示一种波束组。According to another aspect of the present disclosure, a beam indication device is provided, including: a sending module configured to send first signaling to a terminal device; wherein the first signaling includes a first indication field for The terminal device determines at least one TCI status/status group according to the one first indication field; or, the first signaling includes a plurality of second indication fields for the terminal device to determine according to each of the first indication fields. The second indication field determines a TCI status/status group, wherein the TCI status is used to indicate a type of beam, and the TCI status group is used to indicate a type of beam group.
根据本公开的另一方面,提供了一种处理器可读存储介质,所述处理器可读存储介质存储有计算机程序,所述计算机程序用于使所述处理器执行本公开第一方面实施例所述的波束指示方法,或者,执行本公开第二方面实施例所述的波束指示方法。According to another aspect of the present disclosure, a processor-readable storage medium is provided. The processor-readable storage medium stores a computer program. The computer program is used to cause the processor to execute the implementation of the first aspect of the present disclosure. The beam indication method described in the example, or the beam indication method described in the embodiment of the second aspect of the present disclosure is performed.
根据本公开的另一方面,提供了一种计算机程序产品,包括计算机程序,所述计算机程序在被处理器执行时实现本公开第一方面实施例所述的波束指示方法,或者,执行本公开第二方面实施例所述的波束指示方法。According to another aspect of the present disclosure, a computer program product is provided, including a computer program that, when executed by a processor, implements the beam pointing method described in the embodiment of the first aspect of the present disclosure, or executes the present disclosure The beam pointing method described in the embodiment of the second aspect.
本公开的技术方案,通过接收网络设备发送的第一信令;在第一信令中包括一个第一指示域的情况下,根据一个第一指示域确定至少一个TCI状态/状态组;在第一信令中包括多个第二指示域的情况下,根据每个第二指示域确定一个TCI状态/状态组,其中,所述TCI状态用于指示一种波束,所述TCI状态组用于指示一种波束组。由此,可实现根据第一信令中的第一指示域指示至少一个波束/波束组,或者,可实现根据第一信令中的多个第二指示域指示多个波束/波束组,无需采用多条信令分别进行波束指示,降低了通信系统的复杂度和信令指示开销。The technical solution of the present disclosure is to receive the first signaling sent by the network device; when the first signaling includes a first indication field, at least one TCI status/status group is determined according to a first indication field; in the first When a signaling includes multiple second indication fields, a TCI state/state group is determined according to each second indication field, where the TCI state is used to indicate a type of beam, and the TCI state group is used to Indicates a beam group. Thus, it is possible to indicate at least one beam/beam group according to the first indication field in the first signaling, or to indicate multiple beams/beam groups according to multiple second indication fields in the first signaling, without Using multiple pieces of signaling to perform beam indication respectively reduces the complexity of the communication system and the overhead of signaling indication.
应当理解,本部分所描述的内容并非旨在标识本公开的实施例的关键或重要特征,也不用于限制本公开的范围。本公开的其它特征将通过以下的说明书而变得容易理解。It should be understood that what is described in this section is not intended to identify key or important features of the embodiments of the disclosure, nor is it intended to limit the scope of the disclosure. Other features of the present disclosure will become readily understood from the following description.
附图说明Description of drawings
附图用于更好地理解本方案,不构成对本申请的限定。其中:The accompanying drawings are used to better understand the present solution and do not constitute a limitation of the present application. in:
图1为本公开实施例所提供的一种波束指示方法的流程示意图;Figure 1 is a schematic flowchart of a beam indication method provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图2为本公开实施例所提供的另一种波束指示方法的流程示意图;Figure 2 is a schematic flow chart of another beam indication method provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图3为本公开实施例所提供的另一种波束指示方法的流程示意图;Figure 3 is a schematic flow chart of another beam indication method provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图4为本公开实施例所提供的另一种波束指示方法的流程示意图;Figure 4 is a schematic flow chart of another beam indication method provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图5为本公开实施例所提供的另一种波束指示方法的流程示意图;Figure 5 is a schematic flowchart of another beam indication method provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图6为本公开实施例所提供的另一种波束指示方法的流程示意图;Figure 6 is a schematic flowchart of another beam indication method provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图7为本公开实施例所提供的另一种波束指示方法的流程示意图;Figure 7 is a schematic flow chart of another beam indication method provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图8为本公开实施例所提供的另一种波束指示方法的流程示意图;Figure 8 is a schematic flowchart of another beam indication method provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图9为本公开实施例所提供的另一种波束指示方法的流程示意图; Figure 9 is a schematic flowchart of another beam indication method provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图10为本公开实施例所提供的另一种波束指示方法的流程示意图;Figure 10 is a schematic flowchart of another beam indication method provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图11为本公开实施例所提供的一种终端设备的结构示意图;Figure 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图12为本公开实施例所提供的一种网络设备的结构示意图;Figure 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图13为本公开实施例所提供的一种波束指示装置的结构示意图;Figure 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a beam indicating device provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图14为本公开实施例所提供的一种波束指示装置的结构示意图。Figure 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a beam pointing device provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
本公开实施例中术语“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。In the embodiment of the present disclosure, the term "and/or" describes the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists alone. these three situations. The character "/" generally indicates that the related objects are in an "or" relationship.
本公开实施例中术语“多个”是指两个或两个以上,其它量词与之类似。In the embodiment of this disclosure, the term "plurality" refers to two or more than two, and other quantifiers are similar to it.
下面将结合本公开实施例中的附图,对本公开实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述,显然,所描述的实施例仅仅是本申请一部分实施例,并不是全部的实施例。基于本公开中的实施例,本领域普通技术人员在没有做出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例,都属于本公开保护的范围。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present disclosure will be clearly and completely described below with reference to the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present disclosure. Obviously, the described embodiments are only some of the embodiments of the present application, not all of the embodiments. Based on the embodiments in this disclosure, all other embodiments obtained by those of ordinary skill in the art without creative efforts fall within the scope of protection of this disclosure.
相关技术中,用一个波束指示信令指示多个信道波束的方法,其通过MAC-CE(MAC层的控制单元的信令)激活一组TCI状态,再使用DCI(Downlink Control Information,下行链路控制信息)指示其中的一个激活的TCI状态。可以采用两种DCI指示,其中一种是有数据调度的DCI format 1_1或DCI format 1_2,另一种是没有数据调度的DCI format 1_1或DCI format 1_2。当上行信道和下行信道互相交易时,波束指示信令所指示的波束可以既用于上行信道也用于下行信道,此时配置为联合TCI模式(joint TCI模式);当发生由于对象遮挡而产生的MPE(maximum permissible exposure,最大允许损耗)问题或者终端设备需要切换上行波束时,上行信道将使用与下行信道不同的波束,这样该波束指示信令需要分别指示上行信道波束和下行信道波束,此时配置为独立上下行TCI模式(separate DL/UL TCI模式)。但NR Rel-17的这种机制仅支持单TRP(Transmission Reception Point,传输接收节点)传输。In related technology, a method of using one beam indication signaling to indicate multiple channel beams activates a set of TCI states through MAC-CE (signaling of the control element of the MAC layer), and then uses DCI (Downlink Control Information, downlink control information) indicating one of the active TCI states. Two DCI instructions can be used, one of which is DCI format 1_1 or DCI format 1_2 with data scheduling, and the other is DCI format 1_1 or DCI format 1_2 without data scheduling. When the uplink channel and the downlink channel trade with each other, the beam indicated by the beam indication signaling can be used for both the uplink channel and the downlink channel. At this time, it is configured as joint TCI mode (joint TCI mode); when an error occurs due to object occlusion The MPE (maximum permissible exposure, maximum allowable loss) problem or the terminal equipment needs to switch the uplink beam, the uplink channel will use a different beam from the downlink channel, so the beam indication signaling needs to indicate the uplink channel beam and the downlink channel beam respectively. This When configured as independent uplink and downlink TCI mode (separate DL/UL TCI mode). However, this mechanism of NR Rel-17 only supports single TRP (Transmission Reception Point, transmission and reception node) transmission.
对于多TRP(mTRP)传输,现有协议中,对于基于多DCI(M-DCI)的mTRP传输,此时每个CORESET(控制资源集)会被配置关联一个CORESETPoolIndex(控制资源集池索引)。每个DCI指示一个TCI状态,其用于具有相同CORESETPoolIndex取值的TRP的PDSCH传输;对于基于单DCI(S-DCI)的mTRP传输,每个DCI指示两个TCI状态,分别用于两个TRP的PDSCH传输。For multi-TRP (mTRP) transmission, in the existing protocol, for mTRP transmission based on multiple DCI (M-DCI), each CORESET (control resource set) will be configured to associate a CORESETPoolIndex (control resource set pool index). Each DCI indicates one TCI status, which is used for PDSCH transmission of TRPs with the same CORESETPoolIndex value; for mTRP transmission based on single DCI (S-DCI), each DCI indicates two TCI statuses, which are used for two TRPs respectively. PDSCH transmission.
为了支持Multi-TRP场景,需要为多个TRP指示相应的TCI状态/状态组。这样,与单TRP(sTRP)场景比较,需要的TCI状态/状态组数目将增加。因此需要对波束指示的方式进行扩展。另一方面,对于mTRP场景,基站可以仅更新其中一个TRP的TCI状态/状态组,也可以进行mTRP与sTRP的切换,相关技术中,还未有相关方案对采用mTRP传输还是sTRP传输需要通过波束指示进行区分。In order to support Multi-TRP scenarios, the corresponding TCI status/status group needs to be indicated for multiple TRPs. In this way, the number of required TCI states/state groups will increase compared to the single TRP (sTRP) scenario. Therefore, the method of beam indication needs to be expanded. On the other hand, for mTRP scenarios, the base station can only update the TCI status/status group of one of the TRPs, or switch between mTRP and sTRP. In related technologies, there is no relevant solution to determine whether mTRP transmission or sTRP transmission requires passing the beam. Instructions are distinguished.
针对上述问题,本公开提出一种波束指示方法、装置及其相关设备。其中,方法和装置是基于同一申请构思的,由于方法和装置解决问题的原理相似,因此装置和方法的实施可以相互参见,重复之处不再赘述。In response to the above problems, the present disclosure proposes a beam indication method, device and related equipment. Among them, the method and the device are based on the same application concept. Since the principles of the method and the device to solve the problem are similar, the implementation of the device and the method can be referred to each other, and the repeated details will not be repeated.
下面参考附图对本公开提供的波束指示方法、装置及其相关设备进行详细描述。The beam pointing method, device and related equipment provided by the present disclosure will be described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
图1为本公开实施例所提供的一种波束指示方法的流程示意图。需要说明的是,本公开实施例的波束指示方法可由终端设备执行。Figure 1 is a schematic flowchart of a beam indication method provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure. It should be noted that the beam indication method in the embodiment of the present disclosure can be executed by the terminal device.
如图1示,该波束指示方法可以包括如下步骤101至103。As shown in Figure 1, the beam pointing method may include the following steps 101 to 103.
步骤101,接收网络设备发送的第一信令。Step 101: Receive the first signaling sent by the network device.
在本公开实施例中,终端设备可接收网络设备发送的第一信令,其中,第一信令例如为DCI信令,或MAC-CE信令。其中,需要说明的是,本公开实施例涉及的终端设备,可以是指向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备,具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、或连接到无线调制解调器的其他处理设备等。在不同的系统中,终端设备的名称可能也不相同,例如在5G系统中,终端设备可以称为用户设备(User Equipment,UE)。无线终端设备可以经无线接入网(Radio Access Network,RAN)与一个或多个核心网(Core Network,CN)进行通信,无线终端设备可以是移动终端设备,如移动电话(或称为“蜂窝”电话)和具有移动终端设备的计算机,例如,可以是便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的或者车载的移动装置,它们与无线接入网交换语言和/或数据。例如,个人通信业务(Personal Communication Service,PCS)电话、无绳电话、会话发起协议(Session Initiated Protocol,SIP)话机、无线本地环路(Wireless Local Loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(Personal Digital Assistant, PDA)等设备。无线终端设备也可以称为系统、订户单元(subscriber unit)、订户站(subscriber station),移动站(mobile station)、移动台(mobile)、远程站(remote station)、接入点(access point)、远程终端设备(remote terminal)、接入终端设备(access terminal)、用户终端设备(user terminal)、用户代理(user agent)、用户装置(user device)。In this embodiment of the present disclosure, the terminal device may receive the first signaling sent by the network device, where the first signaling is, for example, DCI signaling or MAC-CE signaling. It should be noted that the terminal device involved in the embodiments of the present disclosure may be a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to the user, a handheld device with a wireless connection function, or other processing devices connected to a wireless modem, etc. . In different systems, the names of terminal equipment may also be different. For example, in a 5G system, the terminal equipment may be called User Equipment (UE). Wireless terminal equipment can communicate with one or more core networks (Core Network, CN) via a Radio Access Network (RAN). The wireless terminal equipment can be a mobile terminal equipment, such as a mobile phone (also known as a "cellular phone"). "Telephone) and computers with mobile terminal devices, which may be, for example, portable, pocket-sized, handheld, computer-built-in or vehicle-mounted mobile devices, which exchange speech and/or data with the radio access network. For example, Personal Communication Service (PCS) phones, cordless phones, Session Initiated Protocol (SIP) phones, Wireless Local Loop (WLL) stations, Personal Digital Assistants, PDA) and other equipment. Wireless terminal equipment may also be called a system, a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, or an access point. , remote terminal equipment (remote terminal), access terminal equipment (access terminal), user terminal equipment (user terminal), user agent (user agent), user device (user device).
本公开实施例涉及的网络设备,可以是基站,该基站可以包括多个为终端提供服务的小区。根据具体应用场合不同,基站又可以称为接入点,或者可以是接入网中在空中接口上通过一个或多个扇区与无线终端设备通信的设备,或者其它名称。网络设备可用于将收到的空中帧与网际协议(Internet Protocol,IP)分组进行相互更换,作为无线终端设备与接入网的其余部分之间的路由器,其中接入网的其余部分可包括网际协议(IP)通信网络。网络设备还可协调对空中接口的属性管理。例如,本申请实施例涉及的网络设备可以是全球移动通信系统(Global System for Mobile communications,GSM)或码分多址接入(Code Division Multiple Access,CDMA)中的网络设备(Base Transceiver Station,BTS),也可以是带宽码分多址接入(Wide-band Code Division Multiple Access,WCDMA)中的网络设备(NodeB),还可以是长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统中的演进型网络设备(evolutional Node B,eNB或e-NodeB)、5G网络架构(next generation system)中的5G基站(gNB),也可以是家庭演进基站(Home evolved Node B,HeNB)、中继节点(relay node)、家庭基站(femto)、微微基站(pico)等。在一些网络结构中,网络设备可以包括集中单元(centralized unit,CU)节点和分布单元(distributed unit,DU)节点,集中单元和分布单元也可以地理上分开布置。The network device involved in the embodiment of the present disclosure may be a base station, and the base station may include multiple cells that provide services for terminals. Depending on the specific application, a base station can also be called an access point, or it can be a device in the access network that communicates with wireless terminal equipment through one or more sectors on the air interface, or it can be named by another name. Network equipment can be used to exchange received air frames with Internet Protocol (IP) packets and act as a router between the wireless terminal equipment and the rest of the access network, which can include the Internet. Protocol (IP) communication network. Network devices also coordinate attribute management of the air interface. For example, the network equipment involved in the embodiments of this application may be the network equipment (Base Transceiver Station, BTS) in the Global System for Mobile communications (GSM) or Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA). ), or it can be a network device (NodeB) in a Wide-band Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA), or an evolutionary network device in a long term evolution (LTE) system (evolutional Node B, eNB or e-NodeB), 5G base station (gNB) in the 5G network architecture (next generation system), or home evolved base station (Home evolved Node B, HeNB), relay node (relay node) , home base station (femto), pico base station (pico), etc. In some network structures, network equipment may include centralized unit (CU) nodes and distributed unit (DU) nodes. The centralized unit and distributed unit may also be arranged geographically separately.
网络设备与终端设备之间可以各自使用一或多根天线进行多输入多输出(Multi Input Multi Output,MIMO)传输,MIMO传输可以是单用户MIMO(Single User MIMO,SU-MIMO)或多用户MIMO(Multiple User MIMO,MU-MIMO)。根据根天线组合的形态和数量,MIMO传输可以是2D-MIMO、3D-MIMO、FD-MIMO或massive-MIMO,也可以是分集传输或预编码传输或波束赋形传输等。Network equipment and terminal equipment can each use one or more antennas for multi-input multi-output (MIMO) transmission. MIMO transmission can be single-user MIMO (Single User MIMO, SU-MIMO) or multi-user MIMO. (Multiple User MIMO,MU-MIMO). Depending on the shape and number of root antenna combinations, MIMO transmission can be 2D-MIMO, 3D-MIMO, FD-MIMO or massive-MIMO, or it can be diversity transmission, precoding transmission or beamforming transmission, etc.
步骤102,在第一信令中包括一个第一指示域的情况下,根据一个第一指示域确定至少一个TCI状态/状态组。Step 102: If the first signaling includes a first indication field, determine at least one TCI status/status group based on a first indication field.
在本公开实施例中,第一信令中可包括一个第一指示域,或者,包括多个第二指示域。In this embodiment of the present disclosure, the first signaling may include one first indication field or multiple second indication fields.
作为一种示例,第一信令中包括一个第一指示域(如,TCI指示域),根据一个第一指示域可确定一个或多个TCI状态/状态组。其中,每个TCI状态可用于表征一种波束,每个TCI状态组可用于表征一种波束组。As an example, the first signaling includes a first indication field (eg, TCI indication field), and one or more TCI states/state groups can be determined according to a first indication field. Among them, each TCI state can be used to represent a type of beam, and each TCI state group can be used to represent a type of beam group.
步骤103,在第一信令中包括多个第二指示域的情况下,根据每个第二指示域确定一个TCI状态/状态组。TCI状态用于指示一种波束,TCI状态组用于指示一种波束组。Step 103: When the first signaling includes multiple second indication fields, determine a TCI status/status group based on each second indication field. TCI status is used to indicate a beam, and TCI status group is used to indicate a beam group.
作为另一种示例,第一信息中可包括多个第二指示域,每个第二指示域可确定一个TCI状态/状态组。As another example, the first information may include multiple second indication fields, and each second indication field may determine a TCI status/status group.
其中,需要说明的是,在第一信令中包括一个指示域时,将该一个指示域称为第一指示域;在第一信令中包括多个指示域时,将该多个指示域称为多个第二指示域。Wherein, it should be noted that when the first signaling includes one indication domain, the one indication domain is called the first indication domain; when the first signaling includes multiple indication fields, the multiple indication fields are called are called multiple second indication domains.
综上,通过接收网络设备发送的第一信令;在第一信令中包括一个第一指示域的情况下,根据一个第一指示域确定至少一个TCI状态/状态组;在第一信令中包括多个第二指示域的情况下,根据每个第二指示域确定一个TCI状态/状态组,其中,TCI状态用于指示一种波束,TCI状态组用于指示一种波束组。由此,可实现根据第一信令中的第一指示域指示至少一个波束/波束组,或者,可实现根据第一信令中的多个第二指示域指示多个波束/波束组,无需采用多条信令分别进行波束指示,降低了通信系统的复杂度和信令指示开销。In summary, by receiving the first signaling sent by the network device; when the first signaling includes a first indication field, at least one TCI status/status group is determined according to a first indication field; in the first signaling When multiple second indication fields are included, a TCI status/status group is determined based on each second indication domain, where the TCI status is used to indicate a type of beam, and the TCI status group is used to indicate a type of beam group. Thus, it is possible to indicate at least one beam/beam group according to the first indication field in the first signaling, or to indicate multiple beams/beam groups according to multiple second indication fields in the first signaling, without Using multiple pieces of signaling to perform beam indication respectively reduces the complexity of the communication system and the overhead of signaling indication.
为了清楚地说明上述实施例中是如何根据第一指示域确定至少一个TCI状态/状态组的,本公开提出另一种波束指示方法,需要说明的是,公开实施例的波束指示方法可由终端设备执行。In order to clearly illustrate how at least one TCI status/status group is determined based on the first indication domain in the above embodiments, the present disclosure proposes another beam indication method. It should be noted that the beam indication method in the disclosed embodiments can be used by the terminal device implement.
图2为本公开实施例所提供的另一种波束指示方法的流程示意图。FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of another beam indication method provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure.
如图2所示,波束指示方法可包括如下步骤201至203。As shown in Figure 2, the beam pointing method may include the following steps 201 to 203.
步骤201,接收网络设备发送的第二信令。其中,第二信令用于指示激活码点与TCI状态/状态组之间的对应关系。Step 201: Receive second signaling sent by the network device. The second signaling is used to indicate the correspondence between the activation code point and the TCI status/status group.
在本公开实施例中,网络设备可向终端设备发送第二信令,第二信令可用于指示激活码点与TCI状态/状态组之间的对应关系。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the network device may send second signaling to the terminal device, and the second signaling may be used to indicate the correspondence between the activation code point and the TCI status/status group.
步骤202,接收网络设备发送的第一信令。Step 202: Receive the first signaling sent by the network device.
作为本公开实施例的一种实现方式,网络设备可向终端设备发送第二信令,第二信令可用于激活TCI状态/状态组,再向终端设备发送第一信令,第一信令用于指示从第二信令中激活的TCI状态/状态组中选择一个或多个TCI状态/状态组。其中,第二信令可为MAC-CE信令或RRC(Radio  Resource Control,无线资源控制)信令,第二信令中可携带两组激活码点,第一组激活码点中的每个第一激活码点,可对应多个TCI状态/状态组;第二组激活码点中的每个第二激活码点,可对应一个TCI状态/状态组。此外,第二信令可为一个或多个。As an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present disclosure, the network device can send the second signaling to the terminal device. The second signaling can be used to activate the TCI status/status group, and then sends the first signaling to the terminal device. The first signaling Used to indicate selecting one or more TCI states/state groups from the TCI states/state groups activated in the second signaling. The second signaling may be MAC-CE signaling or RRC (Radio Resource Control (Radio Resource Control) signaling. The second signaling can carry two sets of activation code points. Each first activation code point in the first set of activation code points can correspond to multiple TCI states/state groups; Each second activation code point in the two sets of activation code points can correspond to a TCI status/status group. In addition, the second signaling may be one or more.
步骤203,在第一信令中包括一个第一指示域的情况下,根据第二信令指示的对应关系,确定一个第一指示域中的激活码点对应的至少一个TCI状态/状态组。Step 203: When the first signaling includes a first indication field, determine at least one TCI state/state group corresponding to the activation code point in the first indication field according to the corresponding relationship indicated by the second signaling.
作为一种示例,第二信令为一个,在第一信令中包括一个第一指示域的情况下,第一指示域可对应第二信令中的一个激活码点,可根据第一指示域对应的激活码点,查询第二信令指示的对应关系,以确定与该激活码点对应的至少一个TCI状态/状态组。As an example, there is one second signaling. When the first signaling includes a first indication field, the first indication field may correspond to an activation code point in the second signaling. According to the first indication, The activation code point corresponding to the domain is queried for the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication to determine at least one TCI state/state group corresponding to the activation code point.
比如,根据第一指示域对应的激活码点,查询第二信令指示的对应关系,可确定该激活码点对应多个TCI状态/状态组,进而可确定第一指示域对应的激活码点为第一激活码点,该第一激活码点对应的多个TCI状态/状态组可作为第一指示域中的激活码点对应的多个TCI状态/状态组。又比如,根据第一指示域对应的激活码点,查询第二信令指示的对应关系,可确定该激活码点对应一个TCI状态/状态组,进而可确定第一指示域中的激活码点是第二信令激活的多个第二激活码点中的一个第二激活码点,该第二激活码点对应的一个TCI状态/状态组作为第一指示域中的激活码点对应的一个TCI状态/状态组。For example, according to the activation code point corresponding to the first indication field, query the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication, it can be determined that the activation code point corresponds to multiple TCI states/status groups, and then the activation code point corresponding to the first indication field can be determined is the first activation code point, and the multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point can be used as the multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the activation code points in the first indication field. For another example, based on the activation code point corresponding to the first indication field, querying the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication, it can be determined that the activation code point corresponds to a TCI state/state group, and then the activation code point in the first indication field can be determined. It is a second activation code point among multiple second activation code points activated by the second signaling, and a TCI state/state group corresponding to the second activation code point is used as a corresponding one of the activation code points in the first indication field. TCI status/status group.
此外,基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定第一指示域中的激活码点为第一激活码点的情况下,在第一激活码点对应的每个TCI状态/状态组与TRP具有关联关系时,可根据该第一激活码点对应的多个TCI状态/状态组,以及每个TCI状态/状态组所关联的TRP,确定多个TRP关联的多个TCI状态/状态组。In addition, when it is determined that the activation code point in the first indication field is the first activation code point based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication, each TCI state/state group corresponding to the first activation code point is associated with the TRP When there is a relationship, multiple TCI states/state groups associated with the multiple TRPs can be determined based on the multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point and the TRP associated with each TCI state/state group.
作为另一种示例,第二信令为多个,各第二信令与第一指示域之间存在对应关系,第一指示域中的激活码点可对应至少一个TCI状态/状态组,其中,第一指示域中的激活码点,是与第一指示域存在对应关系的第二信令指示的激活码点中的一个。As another example, there are multiple second signalings, and there is a corresponding relationship between each second signaling and the first indication field. The activation code point in the first indication field may correspond to at least one TCI state/state group, where , the activation code point in the first indication field is one of the activation code points indicated by the second signaling that has a corresponding relationship with the first indication field.
其中,需要说明的是,在第二信令为多个的情况下,可在第二信令与第一指示域之间关联有相同的TRP时,确定各第二信令与第一指示域之间的对应关系,或者,第一信令中携带有关联指示信息,该关联指示信息可用于指示第一信令中的第一指示域所关联的第二信令,以确定各第二信令与第一指示域之间的对应关系。关联指示信息可占用第一指示域中的至少一个比特位。Wherein, it should be noted that when there are multiple second signalings, when the same TRP is associated with the second signaling and the first indication domain, each second signaling and the first indication domain can be determined. or the first signaling carries association indication information. The association indication information can be used to indicate the second signaling associated with the first indication domain in the first signaling to determine each second signaling. The correspondence relationship between let and the first indication domain. The association indication information may occupy at least one bit in the first indication field.
作为本公开实施例的一种实现方式,第一指示域中包括分别对应不同的第二信令指示的至少两个激活码点,针对至少两个激活码点中任意的一个激活码点,可查询与该一个激活码点对应的第二信令所指示的对应关系,以确定该一个激活码点对应的至少一个TCI状态/状态组。As an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present disclosure, the first indication field includes at least two activation code points respectively corresponding to different second signaling indications. For any one of the at least two activation code points, you can Query the corresponding relationship indicated by the second signaling corresponding to the one activation code point to determine at least one TCI state/state group corresponding to the one activation code point.
综上,通过接收网络设备发送的第二信令,在第一信令中包括一个第一指示域的情况下,根据第二信令指示的对应关系,确定一个第一指示域中的激活码点对应的至少一个TCI状态/状态组,由此,可实现根据第一指示域的激活码点查询第二信令指示的激活码点与TCI状态/状态组之间的对应关系,有效确定至少一个TCI状态/状态组。In summary, by receiving the second signaling sent by the network device, when the first signaling includes a first indication field, an activation code in the first indication field is determined according to the correspondence relationship indicated by the second signaling. At least one TCI status/status group corresponding to the point, thereby querying the correspondence between the activation code point indicated by the second signaling domain and the TCI status/status group based on the activation code point of the first indication domain, effectively determining at least A TCI status/status group.
为了清楚地说明上述实施例中是如何根据每个第二指示域确定一个TCI状态/状态组的,本公开提出另一种波束指示方法,需要说明的是,公开实施例的波束指示方法可由终端设备执行。In order to clearly illustrate how a TCI status/status group is determined based on each second indication domain in the above embodiments, the present disclosure proposes another beam indication method. It should be noted that the beam indication method in the disclosed embodiments can be used by the terminal. device execution.
图3为本公开实施例所提供的另一种波束指示方法的流程示意图。FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of another beam indication method provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure.
如图3所示,波束指示方法可包括如下步骤301至303。As shown in Figure 3, the beam pointing method may include the following steps 301 to 303.
步骤301,接收网络设备发送的第二信令。Step 301: Receive second signaling sent by the network device.
第二信令用于指示激活码点与TCI状态/状态组之间的对应关系。The second signaling is used to indicate the correspondence between the activation code point and the TCI status/status group.
步骤302,接收网络设备发送的第一信令。Step 302: Receive the first signaling sent by the network device.
步骤303,在第一信令中包括多个第二指示域的情况下,根据第二信令指示的对应关系,确定每个第二指示域中的激活码点对应的一个TCI状态/TCI状态组。Step 303: When the first signaling includes multiple second indication fields, determine a TCI state/TCI state corresponding to the activation code point in each second indication field according to the corresponding relationship indicated by the second signaling field. Group.
作为一种示例,第二信令为一个,第一信令中包括多个第二指示域,每个第二指示域可对应第二信令中的一个激活码点,根据该激活码点,查询第二信令指示的对应关系,可确定该激活码点对应至少一个TCI状态/状态组,在该激活码点对应多个TCI状态/状态组的情况下,可从多个TCI状态/状态组中,确定一个生效TCI状态/状态组。比如,根据第二指示域中的激活码点,查询第二信令指示的对应关系,确定第二指示域中的激活码点是第一激活码点,该第一激活码点对应多个TCI状态/状态组,从多个TCI状态/状态组中,确定一个生效TCI状态/状态组作为该第二指示域中的激活码点对应的一个TCI状态/TCI状态组。其中,生效的TCI状态/状态组可为下列中的一种:第一激活码点对应的多个TCI状态/状态组中,符合设定排序位置的TCI状态/状态组;或,第一激活码点对应的多个TCI状态/状态组中,TRP关联的TCI状态/状态组,该TRP与第二指示域所关联的TRP相同。As an example, there is one second signaling, and the first signaling includes multiple second indication fields. Each second indication field can correspond to an activation code point in the second signaling. According to the activation code point, By querying the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication, it can be determined that the activation code point corresponds to at least one TCI state/state group. When the activation code point corresponds to multiple TCI states/state groups, it can be determined from the multiple TCI states/state groups. In the group, determine an effective TCI status/status group. For example, according to the activation code point in the second indication field, query the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication, and determine that the activation code point in the second indication field is the first activation code point, and the first activation code point corresponds to multiple TCIs. The state/state group determines an effective TCI state/state group from multiple TCI states/state groups as a TCI state/TCI state group corresponding to the activation code point in the second indication field. Among them, the effective TCI status/status group can be one of the following: among the multiple TCI status/status groups corresponding to the first activation code point, the TCI status/status group that meets the set sorting position; or, the first activation Among the multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the code point, the TCI state/state group associated with the TRP is the same as the TRP associated with the second indication field.
又比如,根据第二指示域中的激活码点,查询第二信令指示的对应关系,确定第二指示域的激 活码点是第二激活码点,该第二激活码点对应一个TCI状态/状态组可作为第二指示域中的激活码点对应的一个TCI状态/状态组。For another example, query the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication according to the activation code point in the second indication domain, and determine the activation code point of the second indication domain. The live code point is a second activation code point, and the second activation code point corresponds to a TCI state/state group, which can be used as a TCI state/state group corresponding to the activation code point in the second indication field.
作为另一种示例,第二信令为多个,第一信令中包括多个第二指示域,各第二信令与第二指示域之间存在对应关系。第二指示域中的激活码点,是与第二指示域存在对应关系的第二信令指示的激活码点中的一个,根据第二信令指示的对应关系,确定各第二指示域中的激活码点对应的至少一个TCI状态/状态组,在该激活码点对应多个TCI状态/状态组的情况下,可从多个TCI状态/状态组中,确定一个生效TCI状态/状态组。As another example, there are multiple second signalings, the first signaling includes multiple second indication fields, and there is a corresponding relationship between each second signaling and the second indication field. The activation code point in the second indication field is one of the activation code points indicated by the second signaling that has a corresponding relationship with the second indication field. According to the corresponding relationship between the second signaling indication, the activation code point in each second indication field is determined. At least one TCI status/status group corresponding to the activation code point. When the activation code point corresponds to multiple TCI status/status groups, an effective TCI status/status group can be determined from the multiple TCI status/status groups. .
其中,需要说明的是,在第二信令为多个,第二信令与第二指示域之间关联有相同的TRP时,可确定各第二信令与该第二指示域之间的对应关系,或者,第一信令中携带有关联指示信息,该关联指示信息用于可指示第一信令中的第二指示域所关联的第二信令,以确定各第二信令与第二指示域之间的对应关系,关联指示信息可占用第二指示域中的至少一个比特位。It should be noted that when there are multiple second signalings and the same TRP is associated with the second signaling and the second indication domain, the distance between each second signaling and the second indication domain can be determined. Correspondence, or the first signaling carries association indication information, and the association indication information is used to indicate the second signaling associated with the second indication domain in the first signaling to determine the relationship between each second signaling and The corresponding relationship between the second indication fields, the association indication information may occupy at least one bit in the second indication field.
需要说明的是,步骤301至302的执行过程可以分别采用本公开的各实施例中的任一种方式实现,本公开实施例不再赘述。It should be noted that the execution process of steps 301 to 302 can be implemented in any manner in the embodiments of the present disclosure, and the details of the embodiments of the present disclosure will not be repeated.
综上,通过接收网络设备发送的第二信令;在第一信令中包括多个第二指示域的情况下,根据第二信令指示的对应关系,确定每个第二指示域中的激活码点对应的一个TCI状态/状态组,由此,可实现根据每个第二指示域中的一个激活码点,查询第二信令指示的对应关系,有效确定每个第二指示域中的激活码点对应的一个TCI状态/TCI状态组。To sum up, by receiving the second signaling sent by the network device; when the first signaling includes multiple second indication fields, the second signaling field in each second indication field is determined according to the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication. A TCI status/status group corresponding to the activation code point. Therefore, it is possible to query the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication based on an activation code point in each second indication domain, and effectively determine the corresponding relationship in each second indication domain. A TCI status/TCI status group corresponding to the activation code point.
为了清楚地说明上述实施例是如何根据第二信令指示的对应关系,确定一个第一指示域中的激活码点对应的至少一个TCI状态/状态组的,本公开提出另一种波束指示方法,需要说明的是,公开实施例的波束指示方法可由终端设备执行。In order to clearly explain how the above embodiment determines at least one TCI state/state group corresponding to an activation code point in a first indication domain according to the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication, the present disclosure proposes another beam indication method. , It should be noted that the beam indication method of the disclosed embodiments can be executed by the terminal device.
图4为本公开实施例所提供的另一种波束指示方法的流程示意图。Figure 4 is a schematic flowchart of another beam indication method provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure.
如图4所示,波束指示方法可包括如下步骤401至403。As shown in Figure 4, the beam indicating method may include the following steps 401 to 403.
步骤401,接收网络设备发送的第二信令。Step 401: Receive second signaling sent by the network device.
第二信令用于指示激活码点与TCI状态/状态组之间的对应关系。The second signaling is used to indicate the correspondence between the activation code point and the TCI status/status group.
步骤402,接收网络设备发送的第一信令。Step 402: Receive the first signaling sent by the network device.
步骤403,在第一信令中包括一个第一指示域,基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定第一指示域中的激活码点为第一激活码点的情况下,根据第一激活码点对应的多个TCI状态/状态组,以及每个TCI状态/状态组所关联TRP,确定多个TRP的TCI状态/状态组。Step 403: When the first signaling includes a first indication field and the activation code point in the first indication field is determined to be the first activation code point based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication, the first activation code is Multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the points, and the TRP associated with each TCI state/state group, determine the TCI states/state groups of the multiple TRPs.
作为一种示例,根据第一指示域对应的激活码点,查询第二信令指示的对应关系,以确定第一指示域对应的激活码点对应的至少一个TCI状态/状态组,在第一指示域对应的激活码点对应多个TCI状态/状态组时,可确定第一指示域中的激活码点为第一激活码点,第一激活码点对应的TCI状态/状态组为多个,第一激活码点对应的多个TCI状态/状态组中的每个TCI状态/状态组具有关联的TRP,即TCI状态/状态组与TRP之间具有关联关系,从而本公开中可根据多个TRP查询上述关联关系,确定与多个TRP关联的TCI状态/状态组。As an example, according to the activation code point corresponding to the first indication field, the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication is queried to determine at least one TCI state/state group corresponding to the activation code point corresponding to the first indication field. In the first When the activation code point corresponding to the indication field corresponds to multiple TCI states/status groups, it can be determined that the activation code point in the first indication field is the first activation code point, and the TCI states/status groups corresponding to the first activation code point are multiple , each TCI status/status group among the multiple TCI status/status groups corresponding to the first activation code point has an associated TRP, that is, there is an association relationship between the TCI status/status group and the TRP, so that the disclosure can be based on multiple Query the above association relationship for each TRP to determine the TCI status/status group associated with multiple TRPs.
需要说明的是,步骤401至402的执行过程可以分别采用本公开的各实施例中的任一种方式实现,本公开实施例不再赘述。It should be noted that the execution process of steps 401 to 402 can be implemented in any manner in the embodiments of the present disclosure, and the details of the embodiments of the present disclosure will not be repeated.
综上,通过基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定第一指示域中的激活码点为第一激活码点的情况下,根据第一激活码点对应的多个TCI状态/状态组,以及每个TCI状态/状态组所关联TRP,确定多个TRP的TCI状态/状态组,由此,可实现根据第一指示域中的激活码点为第一激活码点对应的多个TCI状态/状态组以及每个TCI状态/状态组所关联的TRP,有效确定多个TRP的TCI状态/状态组。In summary, when the activation code point in the first indication domain is determined to be the first activation code point based on the correspondence relationship of the second signaling indication, multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point, and The TRP associated with each TCI status/status group determines the TCI status/status group of multiple TRPs, thereby achieving multiple TCI status/status corresponding to the first activation code point based on the activation code point in the first indication field. The status group and the TRP associated with each TCI status/status group effectively determine the TCI status/status group of multiple TRPs.
为了清楚地说明上述实施例是如何根据第二信令指示的对应关系,确定每个第二指示域中的激活码点对应的一个TCI状态/TCI状态组的,本公开提出另一种波束指示方法,需要说明的是,公开实施例的波束指示方法可由终端设备执行。In order to clearly explain how the above embodiment determines a TCI state/TCI state group corresponding to the activation code point in each second indication field according to the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication, the present disclosure proposes another beam indication. method. It should be noted that the beam indication method of the disclosed embodiments can be executed by a terminal device.
图5为本公开实施例所提供的另一种波束指示方法的流程示意图。FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of another beam indication method provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure.
如图5所示,波束指示方法可包括如下步骤501至504。As shown in Figure 5, the beam pointing method may include the following steps 501 to 504.
步骤501,接收网络设备发送的第二信令。Step 501: Receive second signaling sent by the network device.
第二信令用于指示激活码点与TCI状态/状态组之间的对应关系。The second signaling is used to indicate the correspondence between the activation code point and the TCI status/status group.
步骤502,接收网络设备发送的第一信令。Step 502: Receive the first signaling sent by the network device.
步骤503,在第一信令中包括多个第二指示域,基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定至少一个第二指示域指示的激活码点为第一激活码点的情况下,从第一激活码点对应的多个TCI状态/状态组中确定一个生效TCI状态/状态组。Step 503: When the first signaling includes multiple second indication fields and it is determined that the activation code point indicated by at least one second indication field is the first activation code point based on the correspondence relationship of the second signaling indication, start from the first activation code point. One effective TCI state/state group is determined among multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to an activation code point.
作为一种示例,将每个第二指示域对应的激活码点,查询第二信令指示的对应关系,可确定每 个第二指示域对应的激活码点对应的至少一个TCI状态/状态组,在第二指示域对应的激活码点对应多个TCI状态/状态组时,可确定该第二指示域对应的激活码点为第一激活码点,在第二指示域对应的激活码点对应一个TCI状态/状态组时,可确定该第二指示域对应的激活码点为第二激活码点,进而,在至少一个第二指示域指示的激活码点为第一激活码点的情况下,可从第一激活码点对应的多个TCI状态/状态组中,确定一个生效TCI状态/状态组。As an example, by querying the activation code point corresponding to each second indication field and querying the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication, it can be determined that each At least one TCI state/state group corresponding to the activation code point corresponding to the second indication field. When the activation code point corresponding to the second indication field corresponds to multiple TCI states/state groups, the activation corresponding to the second indication field can be determined. The code point is the first activation code point. When the activation code point corresponding to the second indication field corresponds to a TCI state/state group, it can be determined that the activation code point corresponding to the second indication field is the second activation code point. Furthermore, in When the activation code point indicated by at least one second indication field is the first activation code point, an effective TCI state/status group may be determined from multiple TCI states/status groups corresponding to the first activation code point.
其中,需要说明的是,生效的TCI状态/状态组可为下列中的一种:第一激活码点对应的多个TCI状态/状态组中,符合设定排序位置的TCI状态/状态组;或,第一激活码点对应的多个TCI状态/状态组中,TRP关联的TCI状态/状态组,该TRP与第二指示域关联的TRP相同。Among them, it should be noted that the effective TCI status/status group can be one of the following: among the multiple TCI status/status groups corresponding to the first activation code point, the TCI status/status group that meets the set sorting position; Or, among the multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point, the TCI state/state group associated with the TRP is the same as the TRP associated with the second indication domain.
步骤504,根据生效TCI状态/状态组,确定至少一个第二指示域所关联的TRP的TCI状态/状态组。Step 504: Determine the TCI status/status group of the TRP associated with at least one second indication domain based on the effective TCI status/status group.
作为一种示例,根据生效TCI状态/状态组可确定与该生效TCI状态/状态组对应的第二指示域,由于每个第二指示域与TRP具有关联关系,进而,与生效TCI状态/状态组对应的第二指示域所关联的TRP与该生效TCI状态/状态组具有关联关系,从而本公开中,可根据与该生效TCI状态/状态组对应的第二指示域所关联的TRP查询上述关联关系,可确定至少一个第二指示域所关联的TRP关联的TCI状态/状态组。As an example, the second indication domain corresponding to the effective TCI status/status group can be determined according to the effective TCI status/status group. Since each second indication domain has an associated relationship with the TRP, and further, with the effective TCI status/status The TRP associated with the second indication field corresponding to the group has an association relationship with the effective TCI status/status group. Therefore, in the present disclosure, the above-mentioned query can be performed based on the TRP associated with the second indication domain corresponding to the effective TCI status/status group. The association relationship may determine the TCI status/status group associated with the TRP associated with at least one second indication domain.
需要说明的是,步骤501至502的执行过程可以分别采用本公开的各实施例中的任一种方式实现,本公开实施例不再赘述。It should be noted that the execution process of steps 501 to 502 can be implemented in any manner according to the embodiments of the present disclosure, and will not be described again in the embodiments of the present disclosure.
综上,通过基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定至少一个第二指示域指示的激活码点为第一激活码点的情况下,从第一激活码点对应的多个TCI状态/状态组中确定一个生效TCI状态/状态组,根据生效TCI状态/状态组,确定至少一个第二指示域所关联的TRP的TCI状态/状态组,由此,可实现在至少一个第二指示域指示的激活码点为第一激活码点时,根据第一激活码点对应的多个TCI状态/状态组中的一个生效TCI状态/状态组,有效确定至少一个第二指示域所关联的TRP的TCI状态/状态组。In summary, when it is determined that the activation code point indicated by at least one second indication field is the first activation code point based on the correspondence relationship of the second signaling indication, multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point are Determine an effective TCI status/status group in the effective TCI status/status group, and determine the TCI status/status group of the TRP associated with at least one second indication domain. Thus, it is possible to implement the TCI status/status group indicated in at least one second indication domain. When the activation code point is the first activation code point, the TCI of the TRP associated with at least one second indication domain is effectively determined according to an effective TCI status/status group among multiple TCI statuses/status groups corresponding to the first activation code point. Status/StatusGroup.
为了清楚地说明上述实施例是如何根据第二信令指示的对应关系,确定每个第二指示域中的激活码点对应的一个TCI状态/TCI状态组的,本公开提出另一种波束指示方法,需要说明的是,公开实施例的波束指示方法可由终端设备执行。In order to clearly explain how the above embodiment determines a TCI state/TCI state group corresponding to the activation code point in each second indication field according to the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication, the present disclosure proposes another beam indication. method. It should be noted that the beam indication method of the disclosed embodiments can be executed by a terminal device.
图6为本公开实施例所提供的另一种波束指示方法的流程示意图。FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of another beam indication method provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure.
如图6所示,波束指示方法可包括如下步骤601至604。As shown in Figure 6, the beam indicating method may include the following steps 601 to 604.
步骤601,接收网络设备发送的第二信令。Step 601: Receive second signaling sent by the network device.
第二信令用于指示激活码点与TCI状态/状态组之间的对应关系。The second signaling is used to indicate the correspondence between the activation code point and the TCI status/status group.
步骤602,接收网络设备发送的第一信令。Step 602: Receive the first signaling sent by the network device.
步骤603,在第一信令中包括多个第二指示域,基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定至少一个第二指示域指示的激活码点为第一激活码点的情况下,从第一激活码点对应的多个TCI状态/状态组中确定一个生效TCI状态/状态组。Step 603: When the first signaling includes multiple second indication fields and it is determined that the activation code point indicated by at least one second indication field is the first activation code point based on the correspondence relationship of the second signaling indication, start from the first activation code point. One effective TCI state/state group is determined among multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to an activation code point.
作为一种示例,将每个第二指示域对应的激活码点,查询第二信令指示的对应关系,可确定第二指示域对应的激活码点对应的至少一个TCI状态/状态组,在第二指示域对应的激活码点对应多个TCI状态/状态组时,可确定该第二指示域对应的激活码点为第一激活码点,在第二指示域对应的激活码点对应一个TCI状态/状态组时,可确定该第二指示域对应的激活码点为第二激活码点,进而,在至少一个第二指示域指示的激活码点为第一激活码点的情况下,可从第一激活码点对应的多个TCI状态/状态组中,确定一个生效TCI状态/状态组。As an example, by querying the corresponding relationship between the second signaling indication and the activation code point corresponding to each second indication field, at least one TCI state/state group corresponding to the activation code point corresponding to the second indication field can be determined. When the activation code point corresponding to the second indication field corresponds to multiple TCI states/status groups, it can be determined that the activation code point corresponding to the second indication field is the first activation code point, and the activation code point corresponding to the second indication field corresponds to one In the TCI state/status group, it can be determined that the activation code point corresponding to the second indication field is the second activation code point. Furthermore, in the case that the activation code point indicated by at least one second indication field is the first activation code point, An effective TCI state/state group can be determined from multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point.
其中,需要说明的是,生效的TCI状态/状态组可为下列中的一种:第一激活码点对应的多个TCI状态/状态组中,符合设定排序位置的TCI状态/状态组;或,第一激活码点对应的多个TCI状态/状态组中,TRP关联的TCI状态/状态组,该TRP与第二指示域关联的TRP相同。Among them, it should be noted that the effective TCI status/status group can be one of the following: among the multiple TCI status/status groups corresponding to the first activation code point, the TCI status/status group that meets the set sorting position; Or, among the multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point, the TCI state/state group associated with the TRP is the same as the TRP associated with the second indication domain.
步骤604,根据生效TCI状态/状态组,确定生效TCI状态/状态组所关联的TRP的TCI状态/状态组。Step 604: Determine the TCI status/status group of the TRP associated with the effective TCI status/status group based on the effective TCI status/status group.
作为一种示例,第一激活码点对应的每个TCI状态/状态组具有关联的TRP,生效TCI状态/状态组具有关联的TRP,根据生效TCI状态/状态组关联的TRP与生效TCI状态/状态组之间的关联关系,可确定生效TCI状态/状态组所关联的TRP关联的TCI状态/状态组。As an example, each TCI state/state group corresponding to the first activation code point has an associated TRP, and the effective TCI state/state group has an associated TRP. According to the effective TCI state/state group, the TRP associated with the effective TCI state/ The association between status groups can determine the TCI status/status group associated with the TRP associated with the effective TCI status/status group.
需要说明的是,步骤601至602的执行过程可以分别采用本公开的各实施例中的任一种方式实现,本公开实施例不再赘述。It should be noted that the execution process of steps 601 to 602 can be implemented in any manner according to the embodiments of the present disclosure, and will not be described again in the embodiments of the present disclosure.
综上,通过基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定至少一个第二指示域指示的激活码点为第一激活码点的情况下,从第一激活码点对应的多个TCI状态/状态组中确定一个生效TCI状态/状态组;根据生效TCI状态/状态组,确定生效TCI状态/状态组所关联的TRP的TCI状态/状态组,由此,可 实现在至少一个第二指示域指示的激活码点为第一激活码点时,根据第一激活码点对应的对应的多个TCI状态/状态组中的一个生效TCI状态/状态组,有效确定生效TCI状态/状态组所关联的TRP的TCI状态/状态组。In summary, when it is determined that the activation code point indicated by at least one second indication field is the first activation code point based on the correspondence relationship of the second signaling indication, multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point are Determine an effective TCI status/status group; according to the effective TCI status/status group, determine the TCI status/status group of the TRP associated with the effective TCI status/status group. From this, you can Realize that when the activation code point indicated by at least one second indication field is the first activation code point, effective determination is made according to an effective TCI status/status group among the corresponding multiple TCI status/status groups corresponding to the first activation code point. The TCI status/status group of the TRP associated with the effective TCI status/status group.
为了清楚地说明上述实施例是如何从第二信令指示的激活码点对应的TCI状态/状态组中,确定每个第二指示域中的激活码点对应的一个TCI状态/状态组的,本公开提出另一种波束指示方法,需要说明的是,公开实施例的波束指示方法可由终端设备执行。In order to clearly explain how the above embodiment determines a TCI state/state group corresponding to the activation code point in each second indication field from the TCI state/state group corresponding to the activation code point indicated by the second signaling, The present disclosure proposes another beam indication method. It should be noted that the beam indication method of the disclosed embodiments can be executed by a terminal device.
图7为本公开实施例所提供的另一种波束指示方法的流程示意图。FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of another beam indication method provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure.
如图7所示,波束指示方法可包括如下步骤701至703。As shown in Figure 7, the beam pointing method may include the following steps 701 to 703.
步骤701,接收网络设备发送的第二信令。Step 701: Receive second signaling sent by the network device.
第二信令用于指示激活码点与TCI状态/状态组之间的对应关系。The second signaling is used to indicate the correspondence between the activation code point and the TCI status/status group.
步骤702,接收网络设备发送的第一信令。Step 702: Receive the first signaling sent by the network device.
作为一种示例,第二信令中指示的激活码点中包括第二激活码点,第二激活码点对应的TCI状态/状态组为一个。As an example, the activation code point indicated in the second signaling includes a second activation code point, and the second activation code point corresponds to one TCI state/state group.
步骤703,在第一信令中包括多个第二指示域,基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定至少一个第二指示域指示的激活码点为第二激活码点的情况下,根据第二激活码点对应的TCI状态/状态组,确定至少一个第二指示域关联的TRP的TCI状态/状态组。Step 703: When the first signaling includes multiple second indication fields and the activation code point indicated by at least one second indication field is determined to be the second activation code point based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication, according to the first The TCI status/status group corresponding to the two activation code points determines the TCI status/status group of the TRP associated with at least one second indication domain.
作为一种示例,每个第二指示域与TRP具有关联关系,将每个第二指示域对应的激活码点查询第二信令指示的对应关系,以确定每个第二指示域对应的激活码点为第一激活码点或第二激活码点,在至少一个第二指示域指示的激活码点为第二激活码点的情况下,每个第二激活码点对应一个TCI状态/状态组,根据第二激活码点对应的一个TCI状态/状态组,可确定该一个TCI状态/状态组对应的第二指示域,由于每个第二指示域与TRP具有关联关系,进而,可确定该一个TCI状态/状态组与该一个TCI状态/状态组对应的第二指示域所关联的TRP具有关联关系,从而本公开中可根据与该一个TCI状态/状态组对应的第二指示域所关联的TRP查询上述关联关系,可确定与该一个TCI状态/状态组对应的第二指示域关联的TRP的TCI状态/状态组。As an example, each second indication field has an associated relationship with the TRP, and the activation code point corresponding to each second indication field is queried for the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication to determine the activation code point corresponding to each second indication field. The code point is a first activation code point or a second activation code point. In the case where the activation code point indicated by at least one second indication field is a second activation code point, each second activation code point corresponds to a TCI status/status. group, according to a TCI status/status group corresponding to the second activation code point, the second indication field corresponding to the TCI status/status group can be determined. Since each second indication domain has an associated relationship with the TRP, further, the second indication field corresponding to the TCI status/status group can be determined. The one TCI status/status group has an association relationship with the TRP associated with the second indication field corresponding to the one TCI status/status group. Therefore, the disclosure can be based on the TRP corresponding to the second indication domain corresponding to the one TCI status/status group. The associated TRP queries the above association relationship to determine the TCI status/status group of the TRP associated with the second indication domain corresponding to the one TCI status/status group.
作为另一种示例,每个第二指示域与TRP具有关联关系,将每个第二指示域对应的激活码点查询第二信令指示的对应关系,以确定每个第二指示域对应的激活码点为第一激活码点或第二激活码点,在各第二指示域指示的激活码点均为第二激活码点的情况下,每个第二激活码点对应一个TCI状态/状态组,第二激活码点对应一个TCI状态/状态组与对应的第二指示域关联的TRP之间具有关联关系,从而本公开中可根据与该一个TCI状态/状态组与对应的第二指示域关联的TRP查询上述关联关系,可确定与该一个TCI状态/状态组对应的第二指示域关联的TRP的TCI状态/状态组。As another example, each second indication domain has an associated relationship with the TRP, and the activation code point corresponding to each second indication domain is queried for the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication to determine the corresponding activation code point of each second indication domain. The activation code point is the first activation code point or the second activation code point. When the activation code points indicated by each second indication field are all second activation code points, each second activation code point corresponds to a TCI status/ Status group, the second activation code point corresponds to a TCI status/status group and the TRP associated with the corresponding second indication domain has an association relationship, so that the disclosure can be based on the TCI status/status group and the corresponding second The TRP associated with the indication domain queries the above association relationship to determine the TCI status/status group of the TRP associated with the second indication domain corresponding to the one TCI status/status group.
需要说明的是,步骤701的执行过程可以分别采用本公开的各实施例中的任一种方式实现,本公开实施例不再赘述。It should be noted that the execution process of step 701 can be implemented in any manner according to the embodiments of the present disclosure, and the details of the embodiments of the present disclosure will not be repeated.
综上,通过基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定至少一个第二指示域指示的激活码点为第二激活码点的情况下,根据第二激活码点对应的TCI状态/状态组,确定至少一个第二指示域关联的TRP的TCI状态/状态组,由此,可实现根据至少一个第二指示域指示的第二激活码点对应的TCI状态/状态组,有效确定至少一个第二指示域关联的TRP的TCI状态/状态组。To sum up, when it is determined that the activation code point indicated by at least one second indication field is the second activation code point based on the correspondence relationship of the second signaling indication, it is determined according to the TCI status/status group corresponding to the second activation code point. The TCI status/status group of the TRP associated with at least one second indication domain, thereby effectively determining at least one second indication based on the TCI status/status group corresponding to the second activation code point indicated by the at least one second indication domain TCI status/status group of the TRP associated with the domain.
需要了解的是,在本公开实施例中,根据第一信令和第二信令,还可实现将终端设备从多TRP切换为单TRP,为此,本公开提出另一种波束指示方法。It should be understood that in the embodiment of the present disclosure, according to the first signaling and the second signaling, it is also possible to switch the terminal device from multiple TRPs to a single TRP. To this end, the present disclosure proposes another beam indication method.
图8为本公开实施例所提供的另一种波束指示方法的流程示意图。FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of another beam indication method provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure.
如图8所示,波束指示方法可包括如下步骤801和802。As shown in Figure 8, the beam pointing method may include the following steps 801 and 802.
步骤801,接收网络设备发送的第二信令和第一信令。Step 801: Receive the second signaling and the first signaling sent by the network device.
其中,第二信令用于指示激活码点与TCI状态/状态组之间的对应关系。The second signaling is used to indicate the correspondence between the activation code point and the TCI status/status group.
步骤802,根据第一信令和第二信令,将终端设备从多TRP切换为单TRP。Step 802: Switch the terminal device from multi-TRP to single TRP according to the first signaling and the second signaling.
作为一种示例,第二信令指示的激活码点中包括第二激活码点,第二激活码点对应的TCI状态/状态组为一个。As an example, the activation code point indicated by the second signaling includes a second activation code point, and the second activation code point corresponds to one TCI state/state group.
作为本公开实施例的一种实现方式,在第一信令中包括一个第一指示域,且基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定第一指示域中的激活码点为第二激活码点的情况下,基于第二激活码点关联的第一切换信息,将终端设备从多TRP切换为单TRP。As an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present disclosure, a first indication field is included in the first signaling, and the activation code point in the first indication field is determined to be the second activation code point based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication. In the case of , the terminal device is switched from multi-TRP to single TRP based on the first switching information associated with the second activation code point.
作为本公开实施例的另一种实现方式,在第一信令中包括一个第一指示域,且基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定第一指示域中的激活码点为第二激活码点的情况下,基于第一信令中携带的第二切换信息,将终端设备从多TRP切换为单TRP。As another implementation manner of the embodiment of the present disclosure, a first indication field is included in the first signaling, and the activation code point in the first indication field is determined to be the second activation code based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication. In the case of points, the terminal device is switched from multi-TRP to single TRP based on the second switching information carried in the first signaling.
作为本公开实施例的另一种实现方式,在第一信令中包括一个第一指示域,且基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定第一指示域中的激活码点为第二激活码点的情况下,基于第一信令中携带的第二 切换信息,将终端设备从多TRP切换为单TRP。As another implementation manner of the embodiment of the present disclosure, a first indication field is included in the first signaling, and the activation code point in the first indication field is determined to be the second activation code based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication. point, based on the second value carried in the first signaling Switch information to switch the terminal device from multiple TRP to single TRP.
此外,在第一信令中包括多个第二指示域,且基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定多个第二指示域中的第二激活码点符合设定条件的情况下,基于设定条件对应的切换策略将终端设备从多TRP切换为单TRP。In addition, when the first signaling includes a plurality of second indication fields, and it is determined based on the correspondence between the second signaling indications that the second activation code points in the plurality of second indication fields meet the setting conditions, based on the device The switching strategy corresponding to certain conditions switches the terminal device from multiple TRP to single TRP.
综上,通过接收网络设备发送的第一信令和第二信令,根据第一信令和第二信令,将终端设备从多TRP切换为单TRP,由此,根据第一信令和第二信令,可实现将终端设备从多TRP切换为单TRP。In summary, by receiving the first signaling and the second signaling sent by the network device, the terminal device is switched from the multi-TRP to the single TRP according to the first signaling and the second signaling. Therefore, according to the first signaling and the second signaling The second signaling can switch the terminal device from multiple TRPs to a single TRP.
需要了解的是,在本公开实施例中,根据第一信令和第二信令,还可实现终端设备采用的多个TRP中设定的一个TRP的TCI状态/状态组,为此,本公开提出另一种波束指示方法。It should be understood that in the embodiment of the present disclosure, according to the first signaling and the second signaling, the TCI status/status group of one TRP set among multiple TRPs adopted by the terminal device can also be implemented. To this end, this Another beam pointing method is disclosed.
图9为本公开实施例所提供的另一种波束指示方法的流程示意图。Figure 9 is a schematic flowchart of another beam indication method provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure.
如图9所示,波束指示方法可包括如下步骤901至902。As shown in Figure 9, the beam pointing method may include the following steps 901 to 902.
步骤901,接收网络设备发送的第二信令和第一信令。Step 901: Receive the second signaling and the first signaling sent by the network device.
第二信令用于指示激活码点与TCI状态/状态组之间的对应关系。The second signaling is used to indicate the correspondence between the activation code point and the TCI status/status group.
步骤902,根据第一信令和第二信令,更新终端设备采用的多个TRP中一个TRP的TCI状态/状态组。Step 902: Update the TCI status/status group of one TRP among multiple TRPs used by the terminal device according to the first signaling and the second signaling.
作为一种示例,第二信令指示的激活码点中包括第二激活码点,第二激活码点对应的TCI状态/状态组为一个。As an example, the activation code point indicated by the second signaling includes a second activation code point, and the second activation code point corresponds to one TCI state/state group.
作为本公开实施例的一种实现方式,在第一信令中包括一个第一指示域,且基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定第一指示域中的激活码点为第二激活码点的情况下,根据第二激活码点对应的TCI状态/状态组,更新终端设备采用的多个TRP中一个TRP的TCI状态/状态组。As an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present disclosure, a first indication field is included in the first signaling, and the activation code point in the first indication field is determined to be the second activation code point based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication. In the case of , the TCI status/status group of one TRP among the multiple TRPs used by the terminal device is updated according to the TCI status/status group corresponding to the second activation code point.
作为本公开实施例的另一种实现方式,在第一信令中包括一个第一指示域,且基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定第一指示域中的激活码点为第二激活码点的情况下,基于第二激活码点关联的第一更新信息,更新终端设备采用的多个TRP中一个TRP的TCI状态/状态组。As another implementation manner of the embodiment of the present disclosure, a first indication field is included in the first signaling, and the activation code point in the first indication field is determined to be the second activation code based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication. In the case of point, based on the first update information associated with the second activation code point, the TCI status/status group of one TRP among the multiple TRPs adopted by the terminal device is updated.
作为本公开实施例的另一种实现方式,在第一信令中包括一个第一指示域,且基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定第一指示域中的激活码点为第二激活码点的情况下,基于第二激活码点关联的第一更新信息,更新终端设备采用的多个TRP中一个TRP的TCI状态/状态组。As another implementation manner of the embodiment of the present disclosure, a first indication field is included in the first signaling, and the activation code point in the first indication field is determined to be the second activation code based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication. In the case of point, based on the first update information associated with the second activation code point, the TCI status/status group of one TRP among the multiple TRPs adopted by the terminal device is updated.
此外,在第一信令中包括多个第二指示域,且基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定多个第二指示域中的第二激活码点符合设定条件的情况下,基于设定条件对应的更新策略,更新终端设备采用的多个TRP中一个TRP的TCI状态/状态组。In addition, when the first signaling includes a plurality of second indication fields, and it is determined based on the correspondence between the second signaling indications that the second activation code points in the plurality of second indication fields meet the setting conditions, based on the device The update strategy corresponding to the specified conditions is used to update the TCI status/status group of one TRP among the multiple TRPs used by the terminal device.
综上,通过接收网络设备发送的第一信令和第二信令,根据第一信令和第二信令,更新终端设备采用的多个TRP中一个TRP的TCI状态/状态组,由此,根据第一信令和第二信令,可实现对终端设备采用的多个TRP中设定的一个TRP的TCI状态/状态组进行更新。In summary, by receiving the first signaling and the second signaling sent by the network device, and updating the TCI status/status group of one TRP among the multiple TRPs used by the terminal device according to the first signaling and the second signaling, thereby , according to the first signaling and the second signaling, the TCI status/status group of one TRP set among multiple TRPs adopted by the terminal device can be updated.
为了更加清楚地说明上述实施例,现举例进行说明。In order to explain the above embodiments more clearly, examples are given.
举例而言,以两个TRP构成的多TRP,以支持两种格式的DCI进行TCI状态指示为例,其中一种是有数据调度的DCI format 1_1/1_2。此DCI中包含一个TCI域,用于指示单个或多个TRP的TCI状态/状态组;另一种是无数据调度的DCI format 1_1/1_2。此DCI中包含两个TCI域,每个域用于指示一个TRP的TCI状态/状态组。For example, take a multi-TRP composed of two TRPs and support two formats of DCI for TCI status indication. One of them is DCI format 1_1/1_2 with data scheduling. This DCI contains a TCI field used to indicate the TCI status/status group of single or multiple TRPs; the other is DCI format 1_1/1_2 without data scheduling. This DCI contains two TCI fields, each field is used to indicate the TCI status/status group of a TRP.
比如,采用一个MAC-CE信令(第二信令)激活TCI状态/状态组,如表1所示,假设每个MAC-CE激活N个码点(激活码点),其中的前N/2码点,每个码点关联一个或多个TCI状态/状态组;后N/2个码点关联一个TCI状态/状态组。For example, a MAC-CE signaling (second signaling) is used to activate the TCI state/state group, as shown in Table 1. It is assumed that each MAC-CE activates N code points (activation code points), and the first N/ 2 code points, each code point is associated with one or more TCI status/status groups; the last N/2 code points are associated with a TCI status/status group.
表1 MAC-CE信令
Table 1 MAC-CE signaling
上述的两种DCI均从MAC-CE信令中激活的TCI状态/状态组中选择码点进行TCI状态指示。 表1中每个括号表示一个TCI状态/状态组。若采用联合TCI模式,则每个TRP上行和下行采用相同的TCI状态,因此只需要指示一个TCI状态。若采用独立上下行模式,则每个TRP上行和下行采用不同的TCI状态,这样需要指示两个TCI状态,即TCI状态组。本实施例中假设采用联合TCI模式,这样每个括号内仅包含一个TCI状态。The above two DCIs select code points from the TCI status/status group activated in MAC-CE signaling for TCI status indication. Each bracket in Table 1 represents a TCI status/status group. If the joint TCI mode is used, each TRP uses the same TCI status for uplink and downlink, so only one TCI status needs to be indicated. If independent uplink and downlink mode is adopted, each TRP adopts different TCI states for uplink and downlink, so two TCI states, that is, TCI state groups, need to be indicated. In this embodiment, it is assumed that the joint TCI mode is adopted, so that each bracket contains only one TCI state.
其中,需要说明的是,通信系统预定义以下对应关系:假设MAC-CE激活N个码点,其中的前N/2个对应有数据调度的DCI format 1_1/1_2中的TCI域的码点;后N/2个码点对应无数据调度的DCI format 1_1/1_2中的每个TCI域的码点。Among them, it should be noted that the communication system predefines the following correspondence: Assume that MAC-CE activates N code points, and the first N/2 of them correspond to the code points of the TCI domain in the DCI format 1_1/1_2 of data scheduling; The last N/2 code points correspond to the code points of each TCI domain in the DCI format 1_1/1_2 without data scheduling.
以上述MAC-CE信令为例,N=8,当使用有数据调度的DCI format 1_1/1_2进行指示时,其中只有一个TCI域。该TCI域中的码点取值对应MAC-CE码点的P1-P4。假设该TCI域中的码点对应P2,则基站向终端设备指示了TCI_4和TCI_11,其分别用于两个TRP的传输。当使用无数据调度的DCI format 1_1/1_2进行指示时,其中包括两个TCI域,每个TCI域的码点取值对应MAC-CE码点的P5-P8。假设第一个TCI域中的码点对应P6,第二个TCI域中的码点对应P8。则基站向终端指示TCI_3和TCI_8,其分别用于两个TRP的传输。Taking the above MAC-CE signaling as an example, N=8, when DCI format 1_1/1_2 with data scheduling is used for indication, there is only one TCI domain. The code point value in the TCI domain corresponds to P1-P4 of the MAC-CE code point. Assuming that the code point in the TCI domain corresponds to P2, the base station indicates TCI_4 and TCI_11 to the terminal device, which are used for the transmission of the two TRPs respectively. When DCI format 1_1/1_2 without data scheduling is used for indication, it includes two TCI domains, and the code point value of each TCI domain corresponds to P5-P8 of the MAC-CE code point. Assume that the code point in the first TCI domain corresponds to P6, and the code point in the second TCI domain corresponds to P8. Then the base station indicates TCI_3 and TCI_8 to the terminal, which are used for the transmission of two TRPs respectively.
又举例而言,以两个TRP构成的多TRP,以支持两种格式的DCI进行TCI状态指示为例,其中一种是有数据调度的DCI format 1_1/1_2。此DCI中包含一个TCI域,用于指示单个或多个TRP的TCI状态/状态组;另一种是无数据调度的DCI format 1_1/1_2。此DCI中包含两个TCI域,每个域用于指示一个TRP的TCI状态/状态组。As another example, take a multi-TRP composed of two TRPs and support two formats of DCI for TCI status indication. One of them is DCI format 1_1/1_2 with data scheduling. This DCI contains a TCI field used to indicate the TCI status/status group of single or multiple TRPs; the other is DCI format 1_1/1_2 without data scheduling. This DCI contains two TCI fields, each field is used to indicate the TCI status/status group of a TRP.
比如,采用一个MAC-CE信令激活TCI状态/状态组,如表2所示。上述的两种DCI均从此信令中激活的TCI状态/状态组中选择码点进行TCI状态指示。表2中的每个括号表示一个TCI状态/状态组。For example, a MAC-CE signaling is used to activate the TCI state/state group, as shown in Table 2. The above two DCIs select code points from the TCI status/status group activated in this signaling for TCI status indication. Each bracket in Table 2 represents a TCI status/status group.
表2 MAC-CE信令
Table 2 MAC-CE signaling
其中,需要说明的是,通信系统预定义以下对应关系:有数据调度的DCI format 1_1/1_2和无数据调度的DCI format 1_1/1_2均对应MAC-CE激活信令中的全部码点。当无数据调度的DCI format 1_1/1_2中的一个TCI域对应的码点关联两个TCI状态/状态组时,仅其中的一个TCI状态/状态组生效。Among them, it should be noted that the communication system predefines the following correspondence: DCI format 1_1/1_2 with data scheduling and DCI format 1_1/1_2 without data scheduling both correspond to all code points in MAC-CE activation signaling. When a code point corresponding to a TCI domain in DCI format 1_1/1_2 without data scheduling is associated with two TCI states/status groups, only one of the TCI states/status groups takes effect.
当使用有数据调度的DCI format 1_1/1_2进行指示时,其中只有一个TCI域。假设此TCI域中的码点对应P2,则基站向终端指示了TCI_4和TCI_11,其分别用于两个TRP的传输。当使用无数据调度的DCI format 1_1/1_2进行指示时,其中包括两个TCI域。假设第一个TCI域中的码点对应P6,其关联两个TCI状态TCI_7和TCI_9;第二个TCI域中的码点对应P8,其关联两个TCI状态TCI_10和TCI_17。一种方式是,通信系统预定义第一个TCI域中仅第一个TCI状态(TCI_7)生效,第二个TCI域中仅第二个TCI状态(TCI_17)生效。则基站向终端设备指示TCI_7和TCI_17,其分别用于两个TRP的传输。另一种方式是,通信系统预定义每个TCI域生效的TCI状态为与此TCI域关联相同TRP的TCI状态。When using DCI format 1_1/1_2 with data scheduling for indication, there is only one TCI domain. Assuming that the code point in this TCI domain corresponds to P2, the base station indicates TCI_4 and TCI_11 to the terminal, which are used for the transmission of two TRPs respectively. When indicating using DCI format 1_1/1_2 without data scheduling, two TCI domains are included. Assume that the code point in the first TCI field corresponds to P6, which is associated with two TCI states TCI_7 and TCI_9; the code point in the second TCI field corresponds to P8, which is associated with two TCI states TCI_10 and TCI_17. One way is that the communication system predefines that only the first TCI state (TCI_7) in the first TCI domain takes effect, and only the second TCI state (TCI_17) in the second TCI domain takes effect. Then the base station indicates TCI_7 and TCI_17 to the terminal device, which are used for the transmission of two TRPs respectively. Another way is that the communication system predefines the effective TCI status of each TCI domain to be the TCI status of the same TRP associated with this TCI domain.
又举例而言,以两个TRP构成的多TRP,支持两种格式的DCI进行TCI状态指示为例。其中一种是有数据调度的DCI format 1_1/1_2。此DCI中包含一个TCI域,用于指示单个或多个TRP的TCI状态/状态组。另一种是无数据调度的DCI format 1_1/1_2。此DCI中包含两个TCI域,每个域用于指示一个TRP的TCI状态/状态组。As another example, take a multi-TRP composed of two TRPs that supports two formats of DCI for TCI status indication. One of them is DCI format 1_1/1_2 with data scheduling. This DCI contains a TCI field that indicates the TCI status/status group of a single or multiple TRPs. The other is DCI format 1_1/1_2 without data scheduling. This DCI contains two TCI fields, each field is used to indicate the TCI status/status group of a TRP.
比如,采用两个MAC-CE信令激活TCI状态/状态组。其中每个MAC-CE信令与一种格式的DCI相关联。例如,第一MAC-CE信令与有数据调度的DCI format 1_1/1_2相关联,第一MAC-CE信令中的每个码点可以对应一个或多个TCI状态/状态组。有数据调度的DCI format 1_1/1_2中的码点对应第一MAC-CE信令中的码点。第二MAC-CE信令与无数据调度的DCI format 1_1/1_2相关联,第二MAC-CE信令中的每个码点仅可以对应一个TCI状态/状态组。无数据调度的DCI format  1_1/1_2中的每个TCI域的码点均对应第二MAC-CE信令中的码点。其中,需要说明的是,MAC-CE信令中包含第一MAC-CE或第二MAC-CE信息的指示,使得终端设备可以根据上述对应关系确定TCI状态/状态组。For example, two MAC-CE signalings are used to activate TCI status/status group. Each MAC-CE signaling is associated with one format of DCI. For example, the first MAC-CE signaling is associated with DCI format 1_1/1_2 with data scheduling, and each code point in the first MAC-CE signaling may correspond to one or more TCI states/state groups. The code points in DCI format 1_1/1_2 with data scheduling correspond to the code points in the first MAC-CE signaling. The second MAC-CE signaling is associated with DCI format 1_1/1_2 without data scheduling. Each code point in the second MAC-CE signaling can only correspond to one TCI status/status group. DCI format without data scheduling The code points of each TCI domain in 1_1/1_2 correspond to the code points in the second MAC-CE signaling. It should be noted that the MAC-CE signaling contains an indication of the first MAC-CE or the second MAC-CE information, so that the terminal device can determine the TCI status/status group according to the above corresponding relationship.
又举例而言,以两个TRP构成的多TRP,支持两种格式的DCI进行TCI状态指示为例,其中一种是有数据调度的DCI format 1_1/1_2,此DCI中包含一个TCI域,用于指示单个或多个TRP的TCI状态/状态组;另一种是无数据调度的DCI format 1_1/1_2。此DCI中包含两个TCI域,每个域用于指示一个TRP的TCI状态/状态组。As another example, take a multi-TRP composed of two TRPs that supports two formats of DCI for TCI status indication. One of them is DCI format 1_1/1_2 with data scheduling. This DCI contains a TCI domain, using Used to indicate TCI status/status group of single or multiple TRPs; the other is DCI format 1_1/1_2 without data scheduling. This DCI contains two TCI fields, each field is used to indicate the TCI status/status group of a TRP.
比如,采用两个MAC-CE信令激活TCI状态/状态组,其中,每个MAC-CE信令与一个TRP相关联。在一种实施方式中,每个MAC-CE信令的码点仅可以对应一个TCI状态/状态组。例如,第一MAC-CE信令与第一个TRP相关联,第二MAC-CE信令与第二个TRP相关联。无数据调度的DCI format 1_1/1_2中的每个TCI域的码点对应一个MAC-CE信令中的码点。可以是关联相同TRP的TCI域和MAC-CE信令相对应。而对于有数据调度的DCI format 1_1/1_2中TCI域,如表3所示,将此域的比特(bit)分为两个部分,每个部分对应一个MAC-CE信令中的码点。For example, two MAC-CE signalings are used to activate the TCI state/state group, where each MAC-CE signaling is associated with a TRP. In one implementation, each code point of MAC-CE signaling can only correspond to one TCI state/state group. For example, the first MAC-CE signaling is associated with the first TRP, and the second MAC-CE signaling is associated with the second TRP. Each code point of the TCI domain in DCI format 1_1/1_2 without data scheduling corresponds to a code point in MAC-CE signaling. The TCI domain associated with the same TRP may correspond to MAC-CE signaling. For the TCI domain in DCI format 1_1/1_2 with data scheduling, as shown in Table 3, the bits in this domain are divided into two parts, each part corresponding to a code point in MAC-CE signaling.
表3 有数据调度的DCI format 1_1/1_2中TCI域
Table 3 TCI domain in DCI format 1_1/1_2 with data scheduling
其中,比特序列“0111”可以拆分成两个部分,前两个比特“01”为第一部分,对应一个MAC-CE信令中的码点,后两个比特“11”为第二部分,对应另一个MAC-CE信令中的码点。Among them, the bit sequence "0111" can be split into two parts. The first two bits "01" are the first part, corresponding to a code point in MAC-CE signaling, and the last two bits "11" are the second part. Corresponds to another code point in MAC-CE signaling.
又举例而言,以两个TRP构成的多TRP,支持两种格式的DCI进行TCI状态指示为例。其中,一种是有数据调度的DCI format 1_1/1_2,此DCI中包含一个TCI域,用于指示单个或多个TRP的TCI状态/状态组;另一种是无数据调度的DCI format 1_1/1_2。此DCI中包含两个TCI域,每个域用于指示一个TRP的TCI状态/状态组。As another example, take a multi-TRP composed of two TRPs that supports two formats of DCI for TCI status indication. Among them, one is DCI format 1_1/1_2 with data scheduling. This DCI contains a TCI domain to indicate the TCI status/status group of single or multiple TRPs; the other is DCI format 1_1/ without data scheduling. 1_2. This DCI contains two TCI fields, each field is used to indicate the TCI status/status group of a TRP.
比如,采用两个MAC-CE信令激活TCI状态/状态组。假设每个MAC-CE激活N个码点,其中的前N/2个对应有数据调度的DCI format 1_1/1_2中的TCI域的码点,每个码点关联一个或多个TCI状态/状态组;后N/2个码点对应无数据调度的DCI format 1_1/1_2中的每个TCI域的码点,每个码点关联一个TCI状态/状态组。For example, two MAC-CE signalings are used to activate TCI status/status group. Assume that each MAC-CE activates N code points, the first N/2 of which correspond to the code points of the TCI domain in the DCI format 1_1/1_2 of data scheduling, and each code point is associated with one or more TCI states/states group; the last N/2 code points correspond to the code points of each TCI domain in the DCI format 1_1/1_2 without data scheduling, and each code point is associated with a TCI status/status group.
对于有数据调度的DCI format 1_1/1_2中TCI域,将此域的比特分为两个部分。第一个部分用于选择两个MAC-CE信令中的一个,第二部分用于确定此MAC-CE信令中的前N/2个码点,进而指示一个或多个TCI状态/状态组。对于无数据调度的DCI format 1_1/1_2中的每个TCI域,其对应一个MAC-CE信令中的后N/2个码点。具体的TCI域与两个MAC-CE信令中的一个关联的方式如上述实施例所述,不再赘述。For the TCI field in DCI format 1_1/1_2 with data scheduling, the bits in this field are divided into two parts. The first part is used to select one of the two MAC-CE signalings, and the second part is used to determine the first N/2 code points in this MAC-CE signaling, thereby indicating one or more TCI status/status Group. For each TCI domain in DCI format 1_1/1_2 without data scheduling, it corresponds to the last N/2 code points in a MAC-CE signaling. The specific manner in which the TCI domain is associated with one of the two MAC-CE signalings is as described in the above embodiment, and will not be described again.
又举例而言,对于上述举例,当MAC-CE的码点对应一个TCI状态/状态组时,其既可以表示将多TRP切换为单TRP,也可以表示在多TRP场景下,仅更新其中一个TRP的TCI状态。上述的MAC-CE信令中可以为每个码点增加指示信息,区别TCI更新或sTRP/mTRP切换。一种方式是增加新的域,如表4所示,For another example, for the above example, when the code point of MAC-CE corresponds to a TCI status/status group, it can mean switching multiple TRPs to a single TRP, or it can mean updating only one of them in a multi-TRP scenario. TCI status of TRP. In the above-mentioned MAC-CE signaling, indication information can be added for each code point to distinguish TCI update or sTRP/mTRP switching. One way is to add new fields, as shown in Table 4,
表4 MAC-CE激活信令
Table 4 MAC-CE activation signaling
其中,需要说明的是,系统预定义此域中的比特信息含义。其中“00”表示sTRP/mTRP切换,“01”表示更新第一个TRP的TCI状态/状态组,“10”表示更新第二个TRP的TCI状态/状态组。Among them, it should be noted that the system predefines the meaning of the bit information in this field. Among them, "00" means sTRP/mTRP switching, "01" means updating the TCI status/status group of the first TRP, and "10" means updating the TCI status/status group of the second TRP.
另一种实现方式是不增加新的指示域,扩展原有指示域的比特数,从而增加指示信息。例如,扩展码点域(Pi,i=1,2,…,8)或其他已有信息域。Another implementation method is not to add a new indication field, but to expand the number of bits of the original indication field, thereby adding indication information. For example, the extended code point field (Pi,i=1,2,...,8) or other existing information fields.
另一种实现方式是在DCI format 1_1/1_2中指示将多TRP切换为单TRP,或指示多TRP场景下,仅更新其中一个TRP的TCI状态。例如,如表5所示,增加一个DCI域,Another implementation method is to instruct in DCI format 1_1/1_2 to switch multiple TRPs to a single TRP, or instruct only to update the TCI status of one TRP in a multi-TRP scenario. For example, as shown in Table 5, add a DCI domain,
表5 DCI中新增指示域
Table 5 New indication fields in DCI
其中,需要说明的是,系统预定义此域中的比特信息含义。其中“00”表示sTRP/mTRP切换,“01”表示更新第一个TRP的TCI状态/状态组,“10”表示更新第二个TRP的TCI状态/状态组。Among them, it should be noted that the system predefines the meaning of the bit information in this field. Among them, "00" means sTRP/mTRP switching, "01" means updating the TCI status/status group of the first TRP, and "10" means updating the TCI status/status group of the second TRP.
另一种方式中,在具有两个TCI域的DCI中,可以不增加该指示域,根据每个TCI域的比特取值进行判断。例如当两个TCI域的取值不同,且为有效值时,表示mTRP传输;当两个TCI域的取值相同,且为有效值时,表示sTRP传输;当两个TCI域中的一个TCI域取值无效,另一个TCI域取值有效,则表示更新其中的一个TCI状态。In another way, in a DCI with two TCI fields, the indication field does not need to be added, and the judgment is made based on the bit value of each TCI field. For example, when the values of the two TCI fields are different and are valid values, it indicates mTRP transmission; when the values of the two TCI fields are the same and are valid values, it indicates sTRP transmission; when one TCI in the two TCI fields If the value of the field is invalid and the value of the other TCI field is valid, it means updating the status of one of the TCIs.
其中,需要说明的是,以上举例均以两个TRP构成的多TRP为例。本公开还可以用于大于两个TRP构成的多TRP。此时DCI中可能包含大于两个TCI域。MAC-CE中的一个码点可以对应大于两个TCI状态/状态组。其余方式相同,本公开不再赘述。It should be noted that the above examples all use multiple TRPs consisting of two TRPs. The present disclosure can also be used for multiple TRPs consisting of more than two TRPs. At this time, the DCI may contain more than two TCI domains. One code point in MAC-CE can correspond to more than two TCI states/state groups. The remaining methods are the same and will not be described again in this disclosure.
本公开实施例的波束指示方法,通过接收网络设备发送的第一信令;在第一信令中包括一个第一指示域的情况下,根据一个第一指示域确定至少一个TCI状态/状态组;在第一信令中包括多个第二指示域的情况下,根据每个第二指示域确定一个TCI状态/状态组,其中,TCI状态用于指示一种波束,TCI状态组用于指示一种波束组。由此,可实现根据第一信令中的第一指示域指示至少一个波束/波束组,或者,可实现根据第一信令中的多个第二指示域指示多个波束/波束组,无需采用多条信令分别进行波束指示,降低了通信系统的复杂度和信令指示开销。The beam indication method in the embodiment of the present disclosure receives the first signaling sent by the network device; in the case where the first signaling includes a first indication field, at least one TCI status/status group is determined based on a first indication domain. ; In the case where the first signaling includes multiple second indication fields, a TCI status/status group is determined according to each second indication domain, where the TCI status is used to indicate a type of beam, and the TCI status group is used to indicate A beam group. Thus, it is possible to indicate at least one beam/beam group according to the first indication field in the first signaling, or to indicate multiple beams/beam groups according to multiple second indication fields in the first signaling, without Using multiple pieces of signaling to perform beam indication respectively reduces the complexity of the communication system and the overhead of signaling indication.
上述各波束指示方法由终端设备执行,本公开还提出一种由网络设备执行的波束指示方法。Each of the above beam indication methods is executed by the terminal device, and the present disclosure also proposes a beam indication method executed by the network device.
图10为本公开实施例所提供的另一种波束指示方法的流程示意图。Figure 10 is a schematic flowchart of another beam indication method provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure.
如图10所示,该波束指示方法可包括如下步骤步骤1001,向终端设备发送第一信令。As shown in Figure 10, the beam indication method may include the following steps: Step 1001, sending first signaling to the terminal device.
其中,第一信令中包括一个第一指示域,用于终端设备根据一个第一指示域确定至少一个TCI状态/状态组;或者,第一信令中包括多个第二指示域,用于终端设备根据每个第二指示域确定一个TRP的TCI状态/状态组。Wherein, the first signaling includes a first indication field for the terminal device to determine at least one TCI status/status group according to a first indication field; or the first signaling includes a plurality of second indication fields for The terminal device determines a TCI status/status group of a TRP based on each second indication field.
在本公开实施例中,第一信令中可包括一个第一指示域,或者,包括多个第二指示域。In this embodiment of the present disclosure, the first signaling may include one first indication field or multiple second indication fields.
作为一种示例,第一信令中可包括一个第一指示域(如,TCI指示域),根据一个第一指示域可确定至少一个TCI状态/状态组。其中,每个TCI状态可用于表征一种波束,每个TCI状态组可用于表征一种波束组。As an example, the first signaling may include a first indication field (eg, TCI indication field), and at least one TCI state/state group may be determined according to the first indication field. Among them, each TCI state can be used to represent a type of beam, and each TCI state group can be used to represent a type of beam group.
综上,通过向终端设备发送第一信令;在第一信令中包括一个第一指示域的情况下,终端设备根据一个第一指示域确定至少一个TCI状态/状态组;在第一信令中包括多个第二指示域的情况下,终端设备根据每个第二指示域确定一个TCI状态/状态组,其中,TCI状态用于指示一种波束,TCI状态组用于指示一种波束组。由此,可实现根据第一信令中的第一指示域指示至少一个波束,或者,可实现根据第一信令中的多个第二指示域指示多个波束,无需采用多条信令分别进行波束指示,降低了通信系统的复杂度和信令指示开销。In summary, by sending the first signaling to the terminal device; when the first signaling includes a first indication field, the terminal device determines at least one TCI status/status group based on a first indication domain; in the first signaling When the command includes multiple second indication fields, the terminal device determines a TCI status/status group based on each second indication domain, where the TCI status is used to indicate a type of beam, and the TCI status group is used to indicate a type of beam. Group. Thus, it is possible to indicate at least one beam according to the first indication field in the first signaling, or to indicate multiple beams according to multiple second indication fields in the first signaling, without using multiple pieces of signaling respectively. Beam indication reduces the complexity of the communication system and signaling indication overhead.
作为本公开实施例的一种实现方式,波束指示方法还包括:向终端设备发送第二信令;其中,第二信令用于指示激活码点与TCI状态/TCI状态组之间的对应关系;一个第一指示域,用于终端设备根据第二信令指示的对应关系,确定一个第一指示域中的激活码点对应的至少一个TCI状态/TCI状态组;每个第二指示域,用于终端设备根据第二信令指示的对应关系,确定每个第二指示域中的激活码点对应的一个TCI状态/TCI状态组。As an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present disclosure, the beam indication method also includes: sending second signaling to the terminal device; wherein the second signaling is used to indicate the correspondence between the activation code point and the TCI status/TCI status group ; A first indication domain, used for the terminal device to determine at least one TCI status/TCI status group corresponding to the activation code point in the first indication domain according to the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication; each second indication domain, The terminal device is configured to determine a TCI state/TCI state group corresponding to the activation code point in each second indication field according to the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication.
作为本公开实施例的一种实现方式,第二信令指示的激活码点中包括第一激活码点,第一激活码点对应的TCI状态/状态组为多个。As an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present disclosure, the activation code point indicated by the second signaling includes the first activation code point, and the first activation code point corresponds to multiple TCI states/state groups.
作为本公开实施例的一种实现方式,第一激活码点对应的每个TCI状态/状态组与TRP具有关联关系,用于终端设备基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定第一指示域中的激活码点为第一激活码点的情况下,根据第一激活码点对应的多个TCI状态/状态组,以及每个TCI状态/状态组所关联TRP,确定多个TRP的TCI状态/状态组。As an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present disclosure, each TCI state/state group corresponding to the first activation code point has an association relationship with the TRP, which is used by the terminal device to determine the first indication domain based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication. When the activation code point is the first activation code point, the TCI status/state of the multiple TRPs is determined based on the multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point and the TRP associated with each TCI state/state group. status group.
作为本公开实施例的一种实现方式,每个第二指示域与TRP具有关联关系,用于终端设备基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定至少一个第二指示域指示的激活码点为第一激活码点的情况下,从第一激活码点对应的多个TCI状态/状态组中确定一个生效TCI状态/状态组;根据生效TCI状态/状态组,确定至少一个第二指示域所关联的TRP的TCI状态/状态组。As an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present disclosure, each second indication domain has an association relationship with the TRP, which is used by the terminal device to determine that the activation code point indicated by at least one second indication domain is the first based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication. In the case of an activation code point, determine an effective TCI state/state group from multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point; determine at least one second indication domain associated with it based on the effective TCI state/state group. TCI status/status group of the TRP.
作为本公开实施例的一种实现方式,第一激活码点对应的每个TCI状态/状态组与TRP具有关 联关系,用于终端设备基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定至少一个第二指示域指示的激活码点为第一激活码点的情况下,从第一激活码点对应的多个TCI状态/状态组中确定一个生效TCI状态/状态组;根据生效TCI状态/状态组,确定生效TCI状态/状态组所关联的TRP的TCI状态/状态组。As an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present disclosure, each TCI status/status group corresponding to the first activation code point is related to the TRP. The association relationship is used when the terminal device determines that the activation code point indicated by at least one second indication field is the first activation code point based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication, from the multiple TCI states corresponding to the first activation code point Determine an effective TCI status/status group in the /status group; determine the TCI status/status group of the TRP associated with the effective TCI status/status group based on the effective TCI status/status group.
作为本公开实施例的一种实现方式,生效TCI状态/状态组是下列中的一种:第一激活码点对应的多个TCI状态/状态组中,符合设定排序位置的TCI状态/状态组;或第一激活码点对应的多个TCI状态/状态组中,TRP关联的TCI状态/状态组,该TRP与第二指示域关联的TRP相同。As an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present disclosure, the effective TCI state/state group is one of the following: among the multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point, the TCI state/state that meets the set sorting position group; or among the multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point, the TCI state/state group associated with the TRP is the same as the TRP associated with the second indication domain.
作为本公开实施例的一种实现方式,第二信令指示的激活码点中包括第二激活码点,第二激活码点对应的TCI状态/状态组为一个。As an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present disclosure, the activation code point indicated by the second signaling includes a second activation code point, and the second activation code point corresponds to one TCI state/state group.
作为本公开实施例的一种实现方式,第二激活码点对应的TCI状态/状态组,用于终端设备基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定至少一个第二指示域指示的激活码点为第二激活码点的情况下,根据第二激活码点对应的TCI状态/状态组,确定至少一个第二指示域关联的TRP的TCI状态/状态组。As an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present disclosure, the TCI state/state group corresponding to the second activation code point is used by the terminal device to determine the activation code point indicated by at least one second indication field based on the correspondence relationship of the second signaling indication. In the case of a second activation code point, the TCI status/status group of at least one TRP associated with the second indication domain is determined based on the TCI status/status group corresponding to the second activation code point.
作为本公开实施例的一种实现方式,第二激活码点,用于:在所述第一信令中包括一个第一指示域,且基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定第一指示域中的激活码点为所述第二激活码点的情况下,将所述终端设备从多TRP切换为设定的单TRP;或者,在所述第一信令中包括一个第一指示域,且基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定第一指示域中的激活码点为所述第二激活码点的情况下,基于所述第二激活码点关联的第一切换信息,将所述终端设备从多TRP切换为单TRP;或者,在所述第一信令中包括一个第一指示域,且基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定第一指示域中的激活码点为所述第二激活码点的情况下,基于所述第一信令中携带的第二切换信息,将所述终端设备从多TRP切换为单TRP;或者,在所述第一信令中包括多个第二指示域,且基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定多个第二指示域中的第二激活码点符合设定条件的情况下,基于所述设定条件对应的切换策略将所述终端设备从多TRP切换为单TRP。As an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present disclosure, the second activation code point is used to: include a first indication domain in the first signaling, and determine the first indication domain based on the corresponding relationship indicated by the second signaling If the activation code point in is the second activation code point, switch the terminal device from multiple TRPs to the set single TRP; or, include a first indication field in the first signaling, And when it is determined that the activation code point in the first indication domain is the second activation code point based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication, based on the first switching information associated with the second activation code point, the The terminal device switches from multi-TRP to single TRP; or, the first signaling includes a first indication field, and based on the correspondence relationship of the second signaling indication, it is determined that the activation code point in the first indication field is the In the case of a second activation code point, the terminal device is switched from multiple TRPs to a single TRP based on the second switching information carried in the first signaling; or, the first signaling includes multiple second indication domain, and if it is determined that the second activation code points in the plurality of second indication domains meet the setting conditions based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication, the switching strategy corresponding to the setting conditions will be used to change the The terminal device switches from multiple TRP to single TRP.
作为本公开实施例的一种实现方式,第二激活码点,用于:在所述第一信令中包括一个第一指示域,且基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定第一指示域中的激活码点为第二激活码点的情况下,根据第二激活码点对应的TCI状态/状态组,更新所述终端设备采用的多个TRP中一个TRP的TCI状态/状态组;或者,在所述第一信令中包括一个第一指示域,且基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定第一指示域中的激活码点为所述第二激活码点的情况下,基于所述第二激活码点关联的第一更新信息,更新所述终端设备采用的多个TRP中一个TRP的TCI状态/状态组;或者,在所述第一信令中包括一个第一指示域,且基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定第一指示域中的激活码点为第二激活码点的情况下,基于第一信令中携带的第二更新信息,更新所述终端设备采用的多个TRP中一个TRP的TCI状态/状态组;或者,在第一信令中包括多个第二指示域,且基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定多个第二指示域中的第二激活码点符合设定条件的情况下,基于设定条件对应的更新策略,更新终端设备采用的多个TRP中一个TRP的TCI状态/状态组。As an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present disclosure, the second activation code point is used to: include a first indication domain in the first signaling, and determine the first indication domain based on the corresponding relationship indicated by the second signaling If the activation code point in is the second activation code point, update the TCI status/status group of one TRP among the multiple TRPs used by the terminal device according to the TCI status/status group corresponding to the second activation code point; or , when the first signaling includes a first indication field, and the activation code point in the first indication field is determined to be the second activation code point based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication, based on the The first update information associated with the second activation code point updates the TCI status/status group of one TRP among the multiple TRPs adopted by the terminal device; or, the first signaling includes a first indication field, And when it is determined that the activation code point in the first indication domain is the second activation code point based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication, the terminal device uses the second update information based on the second update information carried in the first signaling. TCI status/status group of one TRP among multiple TRPs; alternatively, multiple second indication fields are included in the first signaling, and the second one of the multiple second indication fields is determined based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indications. When the activation code point meets the set conditions, the TCI status/status group of one TRP among the multiple TRPs used by the terminal device is updated based on the update strategy corresponding to the set conditions.
作为本公开实施例的一种实现方式,第二信令为多个,各第二信令与第一指示域或者第二指示域之间存在对应关系;第一指示域中的激活码点,是与第一指示域存在对应关系的第二信令指示的激活码点中的一个;第二指示域中的激活码点,是与第二指示域存在对应关系的第二信令指示的激活码点中的一个。As an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present disclosure, there are multiple second signalings, and there is a corresponding relationship between each second signaling and the first indication domain or the second indication domain; the activation code point in the first indication domain, It is one of the activation code points of the second signaling indication that has a corresponding relationship with the first indication field; the activation code point in the second indication field is the activation of the second signaling indication that has a corresponding relationship with the second indication field. One of the code points.
作为本公开实施例的一种实现方式,各所述第二信令与第一指示域或者第二指示域之间的对应关系,是采用下列中的一种方式确定:第二信令与所述第一指示域或者所述第二指示域之间关联相同的TRP;或者,第一信令中携带有关联指示信息,关联指示信息用于指示第一信令中的第一指示域或者第二指示域所关联的第二信令。As an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present disclosure, the corresponding relationship between each second signaling and the first indication domain or the second indication domain is determined in one of the following ways: the second signaling and the The first indication domain or the second indication domain is associated with the same TRP; or, the first signaling carries association indication information, and the association indication information is used to indicate the first indication domain or the third indication domain in the first signaling. 2 indicates the second signaling associated with the domain.
作为本公开实施例的一种实现方式,关联指示信息占用所述第一指示域或所述第二指示域中的至少一个比特位。As an implementation manner of an embodiment of the present disclosure, the association indication information occupies at least one bit in the first indication field or the second indication field.
作为本公开实施例的一种实现方式,第一指示域中包括分别对应不同的第二信令指示的至少两个码点:其中,至少两个激活码点中任意的一个激活码点,用于终端设备查询与一个激活码点对应的第二信令所指示的对应关系,以确定一个激活码点对应的至少一个TCI状态/TCI状态组。As an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present disclosure, the first indication field includes at least two code points respectively corresponding to different second signaling indications: wherein any one of the at least two activation code points is activated by The terminal device queries the corresponding relationship indicated by the second signaling corresponding to an activation code point to determine at least one TCI state/TCI state group corresponding to an activation code point.
本公开实施例的波束指示方法,通过向终端设备发送第一信令;在第一信令中包括一个第一指示域的情况下,终端设备根据一个第一指示域确定至少一个TCI状态/状态组;在第一信令中包括多个第二指示域的情况下,终端设备根据每个第二指示域确定一个TCI状态/状态组,其中,TCI状态用于指示一种波束,TCI状态组用于指示一种波束组。由此,可实现根据第一信令中的第一指示域指示至少一个波束,或者,可实现根据第一信令中的多个第二指示域指示多个波束,无需采用多条信令分别进行波束指示,降低了通信系统的复杂度和信令指示开销。The beam indication method in the embodiment of the present disclosure sends first signaling to the terminal device; when the first signaling includes a first indication field, the terminal device determines at least one TCI status/status based on a first indication field. Group; In the case where the first signaling includes multiple second indication fields, the terminal device determines a TCI status/status group according to each second indication domain, where the TCI status is used to indicate a kind of beam, and the TCI status group Used to indicate a beam group. Thus, it is possible to indicate at least one beam according to the first indication field in the first signaling, or to indicate multiple beams according to multiple second indication fields in the first signaling, without using multiple pieces of signaling respectively. Beam indication reduces the complexity of the communication system and signaling indication overhead.
需要说明的是,前述图1至图9任一实施例中对终端设备执行的波束指示方法的解释说明,也适用于该实施例中对网络设备执行的波束指示方法,其实现原理类似,此处不做赘述。 It should be noted that the explanation of the beam indication method performed on the terminal device in any embodiment of FIG. 1 to FIG. 9 also applies to the beam indication method performed on the network device in this embodiment, and the implementation principles are similar. No further details will be given.
为了实现上述实施例,本公开提出一种终端设备。In order to implement the above embodiments, the present disclosure proposes a terminal device.
图11为本公开实施例所提供的一种终端设备的结构示意图。FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure.
如图11所示,终端设备可以包括:收发机1110、处理器1120、存储器1130。As shown in Figure 11, the terminal device may include: a transceiver 1110, a processor 1120, and a memory 1130.
其中,存储器1130,用于存储计算机程序;收发机1110,用于在处理器1120的控制下收发数据;处理器1120,用于读取存储器中的计算机程序并执行以下操作:接收网络设备发送的第一信令;在第一信令中包括一个第一指示域的情况下,根据一个第一指示域确定至少一个TCI状态/状态组;在第一信令中包括多个第二指示域的情况下,根据每个第二指示域确定一个TCI状态/状态组,其中,TCI状态用于指示一种波束,TCI状态组用于指示一种波束组。Among them, the memory 1130 is used to store computer programs; the transceiver 1110 is used to send and receive data under the control of the processor 1120; the processor 1120 is used to read the computer program in the memory and perform the following operations: receive data sent by the network device First signaling; when the first signaling includes a first indication field, at least one TCI status/status group is determined based on a first indication field; when the first signaling includes a plurality of second indication fields In this case, a TCI status/status group is determined according to each second indication field, where the TCI status is used to indicate a type of beam, and the TCI status group is used to indicate a type of beam group.
收发机1110,用于在处理器1120的控制下接收和发送数据。Transceiver 1110 for receiving and transmitting data under the control of processor 1120.
其中,在图11中,总线架构可以包括任意数量的互联的总线和桥,具体由处理器1120代表的一个或多个处理器和存储器1130代表的存储器的各种电路链接在一起。总线架构还可以将诸如外围设备、稳压器和功率管理电路等之类的各种其他电路链接在一起,这些都是本领域所公知的,因此,本文不再对其进行进一步描述。总线接口提供接口。收发机1110可以是多个元件,即包括发送机和接收机,提供用于在传输介质上与各种其他装置通信的单元,这些传输介质包括无线信道、有线信道、光缆等传输介质。针对不同的用户设备,用户接口1140还可以是能够外接内接需要设备的接口,连接的设备包括但不限于小键盘、显示器、扬声器、麦克风、操纵杆等。In FIG. 11 , the bus architecture may include any number of interconnected buses and bridges, specifically one or more processors represented by processor 1120 and various circuits of the memory represented by memory 1130 are linked together. The bus architecture can also link together various other circuits such as peripherals, voltage regulators, and power management circuits, which are all well known in the art and therefore will not be described further herein. The bus interface provides the interface. The transceiver 1110 may be a plurality of elements, including a transmitter and a receiver, providing a unit for communicating with various other devices over transmission media, including wireless channels, wired channels, optical cables, and other transmission media. For different user equipment, the user interface 1140 can also be an interface capable of externally connecting internal and external required equipment. The connected equipment includes but is not limited to a keypad, a display, a speaker, a microphone, a joystick, etc.
处理器1120负责管理总线架构和通常的处理,存储器1130可以存储处理器1120在执行操作时所使用的数据。The processor 1120 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and general processing, and the memory 1130 can store data used by the processor 1120 when performing operations.
处理器1120可以是CPU、ASIC、FPGA或CPLD,处理器1120也可以采用多核架构。The processor 1120 can be a CPU, ASIC, FPGA or CPLD, and the processor 1120 can also adopt a multi-core architecture.
在本公开一种实现形式中,还包括:接收网络设备发送的第二信令,第二信令用于指示激活码点与TCI状态/TCI状态组之间的对应关系;根据一个第一指示域确定至少一个TCI状态/状态组,包括:根据第二信令指示的对应关系,确定一个第一指示域中的激活码点对应的至少一个TCI状态/TCI状态组;根据每个第二指示域确定一个TCI状态/状态组,包括:根据第二信令指示的对应关系,确定每个第二指示域中的激活码点对应的一个TCI状态/TCI状态组。In an implementation form of the present disclosure, it also includes: receiving second signaling sent by the network device, the second signaling being used to indicate the corresponding relationship between the activation code point and the TCI status/TCI status group; according to a first indication The domain determines at least one TCI status/state group, including: determining at least one TCI status/TCI status group corresponding to an activation code point in the first indication domain according to the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication; according to each second indication The domain determines a TCI state/state group, including: determining a TCI state/TCI state group corresponding to the activation code point in each second indication domain according to the correspondence relationship of the second signaling indication.
在本公开一种实现形式中,第二信令指示的激活码点中包括第一激活码点,第一激活码点对应的TCI状态/状态组为多个。In an implementation form of the present disclosure, the activation code point indicated by the second signaling includes a first activation code point, and there are multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point.
在本公开一种实现形式中,第一激活码点对应的每个TCI状态/状态组与TRP具有关联关系;根据第二信令指示的对应关系,确定一个第一指示域中的激活码点对应的至少一个TCI状态/TCI状态组,包括:基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定第一指示域中的激活码点为第一激活码点的情况下,根据第一激活码点对应的多个TCI状态/状态组,以及每个TCI状态/状态组所关联TRP,确定多个TRP的TCI状态/状态组。In an implementation form of the present disclosure, each TCI state/state group corresponding to the first activation code point has an association relationship with the TRP; according to the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication, an activation code point in the first indication domain is determined The corresponding at least one TCI state/TCI state group includes: when it is determined that the activation code point in the first indication field is the first activation code point based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication, according to the corresponding first activation code point Multiple TCI states/status groups, and the TRP associated with each TCI state/status group, determine the TCI states/status groups of multiple TRPs.
在本公开一种实现形式中,每个第二指示域与TRP具有关联关系;根据第二信令指示的对应关系,确定每个第二指示域中的激活码点对应的一个TCI状态/TCI状态组,包括:基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定至少一个第二指示域指示的激活码点为第一激活码点的情况下,从第一激活码点对应的多个TCI状态/状态组中确定一个生效TCI状态/状态组;根据生效TCI状态/状态组,确定至少一个第二指示域所关联的TRP的TCI状态/状态组。In an implementation form of the present disclosure, each second indication field has an association relationship with the TRP; according to the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication, a TCI status/TCI corresponding to the activation code point in each second indication field is determined. The state group includes: when it is determined that the activation code point indicated by at least one second indication field is the first activation code point based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication, multiple TCI states/states corresponding to the first activation code point Determine an effective TCI status/status group in the group; determine the TCI status/status group of the TRP associated with at least one second indication domain based on the effective TCI status/status group.
在本公开一种实现形式中,第一激活码点对应的每个所述TCI状态/状态组与TRP具有关联关系;根据第二信令指示的对应关系,确定每个第二指示域中的激活码点对应的一个TCI状态/TCI状态组,包括:基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定至少一个第二指示域指示的激活码点为第一激活码点的情况下,从第一激活码点对应的多个TCI状态/状态组中确定一个生效TCI状态/状态组;根据生效TCI状态/状态组,确定生效TCI状态/状态组所关联的TRP的TCI状态/状态组。In an implementation form of the present disclosure, each TCI state/state group corresponding to the first activation code point has an associated relationship with the TRP; according to the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication, the TCI state/state group in each second indication field is determined. A TCI state/TCI state group corresponding to the activation code point, including: when it is determined that the activation code point indicated by at least one second indication field is the first activation code point based on the correspondence relationship of the second signaling indication, starting from the first activation code point Determine an effective TCI state/state group among multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the code point; determine the TCI state/state group of the TRP associated with the effective TCI state/state group based on the effective TCI state/state group.
在本公开一种实现形式中,生效TCI状态/状态组是下列中的一种:第一激活码点对应的多个TCI状态/状态组中,符合设定排序位置的TCI状态/状态组;或,第一激活码点对应的多个TCI状态/状态组中,TRP关联的TCI状态/状态组,该TRP与第二指示域关联的TRP相同。In an implementation form of the present disclosure, the effective TCI state/state group is one of the following: among the multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point, the TCI state/state group that meets the set sorting position; Or, among the multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point, the TCI state/state group associated with the TRP is the same as the TRP associated with the second indication domain.
在本公开一种实现形式中,第二信令指示的激活码点中包括第二激活码点,第二激活码点对应的TCI状态/状态组为一个。In an implementation form of the present disclosure, the activation code point indicated by the second signaling includes a second activation code point, and the second activation code point corresponds to one TCI state/state group.
在本公开一种实现形式中,根据第二信令指示的对应关系,确定每个第二指示域中的激活码点对应的一个TCI状态/TCI状态组,包括:基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定至少一个第二指示域指示的激活码点为第二激活码点的情况下,根据第二激活码点对应的TCI状态/状态组,确定至少一个第二指示域关联的TRP的TCI状态/状态组。In an implementation form of the present disclosure, a TCI state/TCI state group corresponding to the activation code point in each second indication field is determined according to the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication, including: based on the second signaling indication When the corresponding relationship determines that the activation code point indicated by at least one second indication domain is the second activation code point, the TCI of the TRP associated with the at least one second indication domain is determined based on the TCI status/status group corresponding to the second activation code point. Status/StatusGroup.
在本公开一种实现形式中,还包括:在第一信令中包括一个第一指示域,且基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定第一指示域中的激活码点为第二激活码点的情况下,将终端设备从多TRP切换为设定的单TRP;或者,在第一信令中包括一个第一指示域,且基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定第一 指示域中的激活码点为第二激活码点的情况下,基于第二激活码点关联的第一切换信息,将终端设备从多TRP切换为单TRP;或者,在第一信令中包括一个第一指示域,且基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定第一指示域中的激活码点为第二激活码点的情况下,基于第一信令中携带的第二切换信息,将终端设备从多TRP切换为单TRP;或者,在第一信令中包括多个第二指示域,且基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定多个第二指示域中的第二激活码点符合设定条件的情况下,基于设定条件对应的切换策略将所述终端设备从多TRP切换为单TRP。In an implementation form of the present disclosure, the method further includes: including a first indication field in the first signaling, and determining the activation code point in the first indication field as the second activation code based on the corresponding relationship indicated by the second signaling. In the case of points, the terminal device is switched from multiple TRPs to the set single TRP; or, a first indication field is included in the first signaling, and the first indication field is determined based on the corresponding relationship indicated by the second signaling. When the activation code point in the indication field is the second activation code point, the terminal device is switched from the multi-TRP to the single TRP based on the first switching information associated with the second activation code point; or, it is included in the first signaling A first indication field, and when it is determined that the activation code point in the first indication field is the second activation code point based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication, based on the second switching information carried in the first signaling, The terminal device switches from multi-TRP to single TRP; or, the first signaling includes multiple second indication fields, and determines the second activation code point in the multiple second indication fields based on the correspondence relationship of the second signaling indication. If the set conditions are met, the terminal device is switched from multiple TRPs to a single TRP based on the switching strategy corresponding to the set conditions.
在本公开一种实现形式中,还包括:在第一信令中包括一个第一指示域,且基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定第一指示域中的激活码点为第二激活码点的情况下,根据第二激活码点对应的TCI状态/状态组,更新终端设备采用的多个TRP中一个TRP的TCI状态/状态组;或者,在第一信令中包括一个第一指示域,且基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定第一指示域中的激活码点为第二激活码点的情况下,基于第二激活码点关联的第一更新信息,更新终端设备采用的多个TRP中一个TRP的TCI状态/状态组;或者,在第一信令中包括一个第一指示域,且基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定第一指示域中的激活码点为第二激活码点的情况下,基于第一信令中携带的第二更新信息,更新终端设备采用的多个TRP中一个TRP的TCI状态/状态组;或者,在第一信令中包括多个第二指示域,且基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定多个第二指示域中的第二激活码点符合设定条件的情况下,基于设定条件对应的更新策略,更新终端设备采用的多个TRP中一个TRP的TCI状态/状态组。In an implementation form of the present disclosure, the method further includes: including a first indication field in the first signaling, and determining the activation code point in the first indication field as the second activation code based on the corresponding relationship indicated by the second signaling. In the case of point, update the TCI status/status group of one TRP among the multiple TRPs used by the terminal device according to the TCI status/status group corresponding to the second activation code point; or include a first indication in the first signaling domain, and when it is determined that the activation code point in the first indication domain is the second activation code point based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication, based on the first update information associated with the second activation code point, the terminal device uses The TCI status/status group of one TRP among multiple TRPs; or, a first indication field is included in the first signaling, and the activation code point in the first indication field is determined to be the first indication field based on the corresponding relationship indicated by the second signaling. In the case of two activation code points, based on the second update information carried in the first signaling, update the TCI status/status group of one TRP among the multiple TRPs used by the terminal device; or, include multiple second indication domain, and when it is determined based on the correspondence relationship of the second signaling indication that the second activation code points in the plurality of second indication domains meet the set conditions, based on the update policy corresponding to the set conditions, update the terminal device to adopt TCI status/status group of one TRP among multiple TRPs.
在本公开一种实现形式中,第二信令为多个,各第二信令与第一指示域或者第二指示域之间存在对应关系;第一指示域中的激活码点,是与第一指示域存在对应关系的第二信令指示的激活码点中的一个;第二指示域中的激活码点,是与第二指示域存在对应关系的第二信令指示的激活码点中的一个。In an implementation form of the present disclosure, there are multiple second signalings, and there is a corresponding relationship between each second signaling and the first indication domain or the second indication domain; the activation code point in the first indication domain is the same as One of the activation code points indicated by the second signaling that has a corresponding relationship in the first indication field; the activation code point in the second indication field is the activation code point indicated by the second signaling that has a corresponding relationship with the second indication field. one of the.
在本公开一种实现形式中,各第二信令与第二指示域或第二指示域之间的对应关系,是采用下列中的一种方式确定:第二信令与第一指示域或者第二指示域之间关联有相同的TRP;或者,第一信令中携带有关联指示信息,关联指示信息用于指示第一信令中的所述第一指示域或者第二指示域所关联的第二信令。In an implementation form of the present disclosure, the corresponding relationship between each second signaling and the second indication domain or the second indication domain is determined in one of the following ways: the second signaling and the first indication domain or The second indication domains are associated with the same TRP; or, the first signaling carries association indication information, and the association indication information is used to indicate that the first indication domain or the second indication domain in the first signaling is associated with the second signaling.
在本公开一种实现形式中,关联指示信息占用所述第一指示域或所述第二指示域中的至少一个比特位。In an implementation form of the present disclosure, the association indication information occupies at least one bit in the first indication field or the second indication field.
在本公开一种实现形式中,第一指示域中包括分别对应不同的第二信令指示的至少两个激活码点:根据第二信令指示的对应关系,确定一个第一指示域中的激活码点对应的至少一个TCI状态/TCI状态组,包括:针对至少两个激活码点中任意的一个激活码点,查询与一个激活码点对应的第二信令所指示的对应关系,以确定一个激活码点对应的至少一个TCI状态/TCI状态组。In an implementation form of the present disclosure, the first indication field includes at least two activation code points respectively corresponding to different second signaling indications: according to the correspondence relationship of the second signaling indications, a first indication field is determined. Activating at least one TCI state/TCI state group corresponding to the activation code point includes: for any one of the at least two activation code points, querying the corresponding relationship indicated by the second signaling corresponding to one activation code point, to Determine at least one TCI status/TCI status group corresponding to an activation code point.
在此需要说明的是,本公开实施例提供的终端设备,能够实现上述图1至图9方法实施例所实现的所有方法步骤,且能够达到相同的技术效果,在此不再对本实施例中与方法实施例相同的部分及有益效果进行具体赘述。It should be noted here that the terminal device provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure can implement all the method steps implemented in the method embodiments of FIGS. 1 to 9 above, and can achieve the same technical effect. No further explanation will be given here. The same parts and beneficial effects as those in the method embodiment will be described in detail.
为了实现上述实施例,本公开提出一种网络设备。In order to implement the above embodiments, the present disclosure proposes a network device.
图12为本公开实施例所提供的一种网络设备的结构示意图。Figure 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure.
如图12所示,网络设备可以包括:收发机1210、处理器1220、存储器1230。As shown in Figure 12, the network device may include: a transceiver 1210, a processor 1220, and a memory 1230.
其中,存储器1230,用于存储计算机程序;收发机1210,用于在处理器的控制下收发数据;处理器1220,用于读取存储器中的计算机程序并执行以下操作:向终端设备发送第一信令;其中,第一信令中包括一个第一指示域,用于终端设备根据一个第一指示域确定至少一个TCI状态/状态组;或者,第一信令中包括多个第二指示域,用于终端设备根据每个第二指示域确定一个TRP的TCI状态/状态组。Among them, the memory 1230 is used to store computer programs; the transceiver 1210 is used to send and receive data under the control of the processor; the processor 1220 is used to read the computer program in the memory and perform the following operations: send the first Signaling; wherein the first signaling includes a first indication domain for the terminal device to determine at least one TCI status/status group based on a first indication domain; or the first signaling includes a plurality of second indication domains , used by the terminal device to determine the TCI status/status group of a TRP based on each second indication field.
作为本公开实施例的一种实现方式,还包括:向终端设备发送第二信令;其中,第二信令用于指示激活码点与TCI状态/TCI状态组之间的对应关系;一个第一指示域,用于终端设备根据第二信令指示的对应关系,确定一个第一指示域中的激活码点对应的至少一个TCI状态/TCI状态组;每个第二指示域,用于终端设备根据第二信令指示的对应关系,确定每个第二指示域中的激活码点对应的一个TCI状态/TCI状态组。As an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present disclosure, it also includes: sending a second signaling to the terminal device; wherein the second signaling is used to indicate the correspondence between the activation code point and the TCI status/TCI status group; a third An indication field, used by the terminal device to determine at least one TCI status/TCI status group corresponding to the activation code point in the first indication field according to the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication; each second indication field is used by the terminal The device determines a TCI state/TCI state group corresponding to the activation code point in each second indication field according to the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication.
作为本公开实施例的一种实现方式,第二信令指示的激活码点中包括第一激活码点,第一激活码点对应的TCI状态/状态组为多个。As an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present disclosure, the activation code point indicated by the second signaling includes the first activation code point, and the first activation code point corresponds to multiple TCI states/state groups.
作为本公开实施例的一种实现方式,第一激活码点对应的每个TCI状态/状态组与TRP具有关联关系,用于终端设备基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定第一指示域中的激活码点为第一激活码点的情况下,根据所述第一激活码点对应的多个TCI状态/状态组,以及每个TCI状态/状态组所关联TRP,确定多个TRP的TCI状态/状态组。As an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present disclosure, each TCI state/state group corresponding to the first activation code point has an association relationship with the TRP, which is used by the terminal device to determine the first indication domain based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication. When the activation code point is the first activation code point, the TCI of the multiple TRPs is determined based on the multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point and the TRP associated with each TCI state/state group. Status/StatusGroup.
作为本公开实施例的一种实现方式,每个第二指示域与TRP具有关联关系,用于终端设备基于 第二信令指示的对应关系确定至少一个第二指示域指示的激活码点为第一激活码点的情况下,从第一激活码点对应的多个TCI状态/状态组中确定一个生效TCI状态/状态组;根据生效TCI状态/状态组,确定至少一个第二指示域所关联的TRP的TCI状态/状态组。As an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present disclosure, each second indication domain has an associated relationship with the TRP, which is used by the terminal device based on When the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication determines that the activation code point indicated by at least one second indication field is the first activation code point, determine an effective TCI from multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point. Status/status group; determine the TCI status/status group of the TRP associated with at least one second indication domain based on the effective TCI status/status group.
作为本公开实施例的一种实现方式,第一激活码点对应的每个TCI状态/状态组与TRP具有关联关系,用于终端设备基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定至少一个第二指示域指示的激活码点为第一激活码点的情况下,从第一激活码点对应的多个TCI状态/状态组中确定一个生效TCI状态/状态组;根据生效TCI状态/状态组,确定生效TCI状态/状态组所关联的TRP的TCI状态/状态组。As an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present disclosure, each TCI state/state group corresponding to the first activation code point has an association relationship with the TRP, which is used by the terminal device to determine at least one second indication based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication. When the activation code point indicated by the domain is the first activation code point, an effective TCI state/state group is determined from the multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point; based on the effective TCI state/state group, determine The TCI status/status group of the TRP associated with the effective TCI status/status group.
作为本公开实施例的一种实现方式,生效TCI状态/状态组是下列中的一种:第一激活码点对应的多个TCI状态/状态组中,符合设定排序位置的TCI状态/状态组;或,第一激活码点对应的多个TCI状态/状态组中,TRP关联的TCI状态/状态组,该TRP与第二指示域关联的TRP相同。As an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present disclosure, the effective TCI state/state group is one of the following: among the multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point, the TCI state/state that meets the set sorting position group; or, among the multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point, the TCI state/state group associated with the TRP is the same as the TRP associated with the second indication domain.
作为本公开实施例的一种实现方式,第二信令指示的激活码点中包括第二激活码点,第二激活码点对应的TCI状态/状态组为一个。As an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present disclosure, the activation code point indicated by the second signaling includes a second activation code point, and the second activation code point corresponds to one TCI state/state group.
作为本公开实施例的一种实现方式,第二激活码点对应的TCI状态/状态组,用于终端设备基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定至少一个第二指示域指示的激活码点为第二激活码点的情况下,根据第二激活码点对应的TCI状态/状态组,确定至少一个第二指示域关联的TRP的TCI状态/状态组。As an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present disclosure, the TCI state/state group corresponding to the second activation code point is used by the terminal device to determine the activation code point indicated by at least one second indication field based on the correspondence relationship of the second signaling indication. In the case of a second activation code point, the TCI status/status group of at least one TRP associated with the second indication domain is determined based on the TCI status/status group corresponding to the second activation code point.
作为本公开实施例的一种实现方式,第二激活码点,用于:在所述第一信令中包括一个第一指示域,且基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定第一指示域中的激活码点为第二激活码点的情况下,将终端设备从多TRP切换为设定的单TRP;或者,在所述第一信令中包括一个第一指示域,且基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定第一指示域中的激活码点为所述第二激活码点的情况下,基于第二激活码点关联的第一切换信息,将终端设备从多TRP切换为单TRP;或者,在第一信令中包括一个第一指示域,且基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定第一指示域中的激活码点为第二激活码点的情况下,基于第一信令中携带的第二切换信息,将终端设备从多TRP切换为单TRP;或者,在第一信令中包括多个第二指示域,且基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定多个第二指示域中的第二激活码点符合设定条件的情况下,基于设定条件对应的切换策略将终端设备从多TRP切换为单TRP。As an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present disclosure, the second activation code point is used to: include a first indication domain in the first signaling, and determine the first indication domain based on the corresponding relationship indicated by the second signaling When the activation code point in is the second activation code point, switch the terminal device from multiple TRPs to the set single TRP; or, include a first indication field in the first signaling, and based on the second When the corresponding relationship between the signaling indications determines that the activation code point in the first indication field is the second activation code point, the terminal device is switched from multi-TRP to single-TRP based on the first switching information associated with the second activation code point. TRP; or, in the case where the first signaling includes a first indication field, and the activation code point in the first indication field is determined to be the second activation code point based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication, based on the first The second switching information carried in the signaling switches the terminal device from multiple TRPs to a single TRP; or, the first signaling includes multiple second indication fields, and multiple second indication fields are determined based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indications. When the second activation code point in the second indication field meets the set conditions, the terminal device is switched from multiple TRPs to a single TRP based on the switching policy corresponding to the set conditions.
作为本公开实施例的一种实现方式,第二激活码点,用于:在第一信令中包括一个第一指示域,且基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定第一指示域中的激活码点为第二激活码点的情况下,根据第二激活码点对应的TCI状态/状态组,更新终端设备采用的多个TRP中一个TRP的TCI状态/状态组;或者,在第一信令中包括一个第一指示域,且基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定第一指示域中的激活码点为第二激活码点的情况下,基于第二激活码点关联的第一更新信息,更新终端设备采用的多个TRP中一个TRP的TCI状态/状态组;或者,在第一信令中包括一个第一指示域,且基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定第一指示域中的激活码点为第二激活码点的情况下,基于第一信令中携带的第二更新信息,更新终端设备采用的多个TRP中一个TRP的TCI状态/状态组;或者,在第一信令中包括多个第二指示域,且多个第二指示域中的第二激活码点符合设定条件的情况下,基于设定条件对应的更新策略,更新终端设备采用的多个TRP中一个TRP的TCI状态/状态组。As an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present disclosure, the second activation code point is used to: include a first indication field in the first signaling, and determine the first indication field in the first indication field based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication. When the activation code point is the second activation code point, the TCI status/status group of one of the multiple TRPs used by the terminal device is updated according to the TCI status/status group corresponding to the second activation code point; or, in the first When the signaling includes a first indication field, and the activation code point in the first indication field is determined to be the second activation code point based on the correspondence relationship of the second signaling indication, the first activation code point associated with the second activation code point is determined based on the correspondence relationship of the second signaling indication. Update information, update the TCI status/status group of one TRP among the multiple TRPs used by the terminal device; or include a first indication field in the first signaling, and determine the first indication based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication When the activation code point in the domain is the second activation code point, based on the second update information carried in the first signaling, update the TCI status/status group of one TRP among the multiple TRPs used by the terminal device; or, in When the first signaling includes a plurality of second indication fields, and the second activation code points in the plurality of second indication fields meet the setting conditions, based on the update policy corresponding to the setting conditions, the multiplexing codes adopted by the terminal device are updated. TCI status/status group of one TRP in each TRP.
作为本公开实施例的一种实现方式,第二信令为多个,各第二信令与所述第一指示域或者第二指示域之间存在对应关系;第一指示域中的激活码点,是与第一指示域存在对应关系的第二信令指示的激活码点中的一个;第二指示域中的激活码点,是与第二指示域存在对应关系的第二信令指示的激活码点中的一个。As an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present disclosure, there are multiple second signalings, and there is a corresponding relationship between each second signaling and the first indication domain or the second indication domain; the activation code in the first indication domain A point is one of the activation code points of the second signaling indication that has a corresponding relationship with the first indication field; the activation code point in the second indication field is a second signaling indication that has a corresponding relationship with the second indication field. One of the activation code points.
作为本公开实施例的一种实现方式,各第二信令与第一指示域或者第二指示域之间的对应关系,是采用下列中的一种方式确定:第二信令与第一指示域或者第二指示域之间关联相同的TRP;或者,第一信令中携带有关联指示信息,关联指示信息用于指示第一信令中的所述第一指示域或者第二指示域所关联的第二信令。As an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present disclosure, the corresponding relationship between each second signaling and the first indication domain or the second indication domain is determined in one of the following ways: the second signaling and the first indication The same TRP is associated with the first indication domain or the second indication domain; or, the first signaling carries association indication information, and the association indication information is used to indicate the first indication domain or the second indication domain in the first signaling. Associated second signaling.
作为本公开实施例的一种实现方式,关联指示信息占用第一指示域或所述第二指示域中的至少一个比特位。As an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present disclosure, the association indication information occupies at least one bit in the first indication field or the second indication field.
作为本公开实施例的一种实现方式,第一指示域中包括分别对应不同的第二信令指示的至少两个码点;其中,至少两个激活码点中任意的一个激活码点,用于终端设备查询与一个激活码点对应的第二信令所指示的对应关系,以确定一个激活码点对应的至少一个TCI状态/TCI状态组。As an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present disclosure, the first indication field includes at least two code points respectively corresponding to different second signaling indications; wherein any one of the at least two activation code points is activated by The terminal device queries the corresponding relationship indicated by the second signaling corresponding to an activation code point to determine at least one TCI state/TCI state group corresponding to an activation code point.
在此需要说明的是,本公开实施例提供的终端设备,能够实现上述图10方法实施例所实现的所有方法步骤,且能够达到相同的技术效果,在此不再对本实施例中与方法实施例相同的部分及有益效果进行具体赘述。It should be noted here that the terminal device provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure can implement all the method steps implemented by the method embodiment in Figure 10 and can achieve the same technical effect. The implementation of the method in this embodiment will no longer be carried out. The same parts and beneficial effects will be described in detail.
与上述图1至图9实施例提供的波束指示方法相对应,本公开还提供一种波束指示装置,由于本公开实施例提供的波束指示装置与上述图1至图9实施例提供的波束指示方法相对应,因此在波束指示方法的实施方式也适用于本公开实施例提供的波束指示装置,在本公开实施例中不再详细描 述。Corresponding to the beam indication method provided by the above embodiments of FIGS. 1 to 9 , the present disclosure also provides a beam indication device. Since the beam indication device provided by the embodiments of the present disclosure is different from the beam indication method provided by the above embodiments of FIGS. 1 to 9 The method corresponds to the method, so the implementation of the beam indicating method is also applicable to the beam indicating device provided in the embodiment of the present disclosure, and will not be described in detail in the embodiment of the present disclosure. narrate.
图13为本公开实施例所提供的一种波束指示装置的结构示意图。需要说明的是,该波束指示装置可应用于终端设备。Figure 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a beam pointing device provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure. It should be noted that the beam pointing device can be applied to terminal equipment.
如图13所示,波束指示装置1300包括:接收模块1310和处理模块1320。As shown in Figure 13, the beam pointing device 1300 includes: a receiving module 1310 and a processing module 1320.
其中,第一接收模块1310,用于接收网络设备发送的第一信令;处理模块1320,用于在第一信令中包括一个第一指示域的情况下,根据一个第一指示域确定至少一个TCI状态/状态组;在第一信令中包括多个第二指示域的情况下,根据每个第二指示域确定一个TCI状态/状态组。Among them, the first receiving module 1310 is used to receive the first signaling sent by the network device; the processing module 1320 is used to determine at least one based on a first indication field when the first signaling includes a first indication field. A TCI status/status group; when the first signaling includes multiple second indication fields, a TCI status/status group is determined based on each second indication field.
作为本公开实施例的一种实现方式,接收模块1310,用于接收网络设备发送的第二信令,第二信令用于指示激活码点与TCI状态/TCI状态组之间的对应关系;处理模块1320,用于根据第二信令指示的对应关系,确定一个第一指示域中的激活码点对应的至少一个TCI状态/TCI状态组;处理模块1320,用于:根据第二信令指示的对应关系,确定每个第二指示域中的激活码点对应的一个TCI状态/TCI状态组。As an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present disclosure, the receiving module 1310 is used to receive the second signaling sent by the network device, and the second signaling is used to indicate the correspondence between the activation code point and the TCI status/TCI status group; The processing module 1320 is used to determine at least one TCI status/TCI status group corresponding to the activation code point in the first indication domain according to the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication; the processing module 1320 is used to: according to the second signaling The corresponding relationship of the indication determines a TCI status/TCI status group corresponding to the activation code point in each second indication field.
作为本公开实施例的一种实现方式,第二信令指示的激活码点中包括第一激活码点,第一激活码点对应的TCI状态/状态组为多个。As an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present disclosure, the activation code point indicated by the second signaling includes the first activation code point, and the first activation code point corresponds to multiple TCI states/state groups.
作为本公开实施例的一种实现方式,第一激活码点对应的每个所述TCI状态/状态组与TRP具有关联关系;处理模块1320,还用于:基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定第一指示域中的激活码点为所述第一激活码点的情况下,根据第一激活码点对应的多个TCI状态/状态组,以及每个TCI状态/状态组所关联TRP,确定多个TRP的TCI状态/状态组。As an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present disclosure, each TCI state/state group corresponding to the first activation code point has an associated relationship with the TRP; the processing module 1320 is also used to: based on the corresponding relationship indicated by the second signaling When it is determined that the activation code point in the first indication field is the first activation code point, based on multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point and the TRP associated with each TCI state/state group, Determine TCI status/status group for multiple TRPs.
作为本公开实施例的一种实现方式,每个第二指示域与TRP具有关联关系;处理模块1320,还用于:基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定至少一个第二指示域指示的激活码点为第一激活码点的情况下,从第一激活码点对应的多个TCI状态/状态组中确定一个生效TCI状态/状态组;根据生效TCI状态/状态组,确定至少一个第二指示域所关联的TRP的TCI状态/状态组。As an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present disclosure, each second indication domain has an associated relationship with the TRP; the processing module 1320 is also configured to: determine the activation of at least one second indication domain indication based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication. When the code point is the first activation code point, an effective TCI state/state group is determined from multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point; at least one second TCI state/state group is determined based on the effective TCI state/state group. Indicates the TCI status/status group of the TRP associated with the domain.
作为本公开实施例的一种实现方式,第一激活码点对应的每个TCI状态/状态组与TRP具有关联关系;处理模块1320,还用于:基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定至少一个第二指示域指示的激活码点为第一激活码点的情况下,从第一激活码点对应的多个TCI状态/状态组中确定一个生效TCI状态/状态组;根据生效TCI状态/状态组,确定生效TCI状态/状态组所关联的TRP的TCI状态/状态组。As an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present disclosure, each TCI state/state group corresponding to the first activation code point has an association relationship with the TRP; the processing module 1320 is also configured to: determine at least one based on the corresponding relationship indicated by the second signaling When the activation code point indicated by a second indication field is the first activation code point, an effective TCI state/state group is determined from multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point; according to the effective TCI state/ Status group, determines the TCI status/status group of the TRP associated with the effective TCI status/status group.
作为本公开实施例的一种实现方式,生效TCI状态/状态组是下列中的一种:第一激活码点对应的多个TCI状态/状态组中,符合设定排序位置的TCI状态/状态组;或,第一激活码点对应的多个TCI状态/状态组中,TRP关联的TCI状态/状态组,该TRP与第二指示域关联的TRP相同。As an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present disclosure, the effective TCI state/state group is one of the following: among the multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point, the TCI state/state that meets the set sorting position group; or, among the multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point, the TCI state/state group associated with the TRP is the same as the TRP associated with the second indication domain.
作为本公开实施例的一种实现方式,第二信令指示的激活码点中包括第二激活码点,第二激活码点对应的TCI状态/状态组为一个。As an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present disclosure, the activation code point indicated by the second signaling includes a second activation code point, and the second activation code point corresponds to one TCI state/state group.
作为本公开实施例的一种实现方式,处理模块1320,还用于:基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定至少一个所述第二指示域指示的激活码点为第二激活码点的情况下,根据第二激活码点对应的TCI状态/状态组,确定至少一个第二指示域关联的TRP的TCI状态/状态组。As an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present disclosure, the processing module 1320 is also configured to determine that at least one activation code point indicated by the second indication field is a second activation code point based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication. Next, determine the TCI state/state group of the TRP associated with at least one second indication domain according to the TCI state/state group corresponding to the second activation code point.
作为本公开实施例的一种实现方式,波束指示装置1300还包括:切换模块。As an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present disclosure, the beam indicating device 1300 further includes: a switching module.
其中,切换模块用于在第一信令中包括一个第一指示域,且基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定第一指示域中的激活码点为第二激活码点的情况下,将终端设备从多TRP切换为设定的单TRP;或者,在第一信令中包括一个第一指示域,且基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定第一指示域中的激活码点为第二激活码点的情况下,基于第二激活码点关联的第一切换信息,将终端设备从多TRP切换为单TRP;或者,在第一信令中包括一个第一指示域,且基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定第一指示域中的激活码点为第二激活码点的情况下,基于第一信令中携带的第二切换信息,将终端设备从多TRP切换为单TRP;或者,在第一信令中包括多个第二指示域,且基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定多个第二指示域中的第二激活码点符合设定条件的情况下,基于设定条件对应的切换策略将终端设备从多TRP切换为单TRP。Wherein, the switching module is configured to include a first indication field in the first signaling, and when it is determined that the activation code point in the first indication field is the second activation code point based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication, The terminal device switches from multiple TRPs to the set single TRP; or, a first indication field is included in the first signaling, and the activation code point in the first indication field is determined to be the first indication field based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication. In the case of two activation code points, the terminal device is switched from multi-TRP to single TRP based on the first switching information associated with the second activation code point; or, a first indication field is included in the first signaling, and based on the first switching information When the corresponding relationship between the two signaling indications determines that the activation code point in the first indication domain is the second activation code point, the terminal device is switched from multi-TRP to single TRP based on the second switching information carried in the first signaling. ; Or, in the case where the first signaling includes a plurality of second indication fields, and it is determined based on the correspondence between the second signaling indications that the second activation code points in the plurality of second indication fields meet the setting conditions, based on Set the switching policy corresponding to the conditions to switch the terminal device from multi-TRP to single TRP.
作为本公开实施例的一种实现方式,波束指示装置1300还包括:更新模块。As an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present disclosure, the beam indicating device 1300 further includes: an update module.
其中,更新模块,用于在所述第一信令中包括一个第一指示域,且基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定第一指示域中的激活码点为第二激活码点的情况下,根据所述第二激活码点对应的TCI状态/状态组,更新所述终端设备采用的多个TRP中一个TRP的TCI状态/状态组;或者,在所述第一信令中包括一个第一指示域,且基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定第一指示域中的激活码点为第二激活码点的情况下,基于第二激活码点关联的第一更新信息,更新终端设备采用的多个TRP中一个TRP的TCI状态/状态组;或者,在第一信令中包括一个第一指示域,且基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定第一指示域中的激活码点为第二激活码点的情况下,基于第一信令中携带的第二更新信息, 更新终端设备采用的多个TRP中一个TRP的TCI状态/状态组;或者,在第一信令中包括多个第二指示域,且基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定多个第二指示域中的第二激活码点符合设定条件的情况下,基于设定条件对应的更新策略,更新终端设备采用的多个TRP中一个TRP的TCI状态/状态组。Wherein, the update module is configured to include a first indication field in the first signaling, and determine that the activation code point in the first indication field is the second activation code point based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication. Next, update the TCI status/status group of one TRP among the multiple TRPs adopted by the terminal device according to the TCI status/status group corresponding to the second activation code point; or, include a TCI status/status group in the first signaling first indication domain, and when it is determined that the activation code point in the first indication domain is the second activation code point based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication, update the terminal based on the first update information associated with the second activation code point The TCI status/status group of one TRP among the multiple TRPs adopted by the device; or, include a first indication field in the first signaling, and determine the activation code in the first indication field based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication. When the point is the second activation code point, based on the second update information carried in the first signaling, Update the TCI status/status group of one TRP among multiple TRPs used by the terminal device; or include multiple second indication fields in the first signaling, and determine the multiple second indications based on the correspondence between the second signaling indications. When the second activation code point in the domain meets the set conditions, the TCI status/status group of one TRP among the multiple TRPs used by the terminal device is updated based on the update policy corresponding to the set conditions.
作为本公开实施例的一种实现方式,第二信令为多个,各第二信令与所述第一指示域或者第二指示域之间存在对应关系;第一指示域中的激活码点,是与第一指示域存在对应关系的第二信令指示的激活码点中的一个;第二指示域中的激活码点,是与第二指示域存在对应关系的第二信令指示的激活码点中的一个。As an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present disclosure, there are multiple second signalings, and there is a corresponding relationship between each second signaling and the first indication domain or the second indication domain; the activation code in the first indication domain A point is one of the activation code points of the second signaling indication that has a corresponding relationship with the first indication field; the activation code point in the second indication field is a second signaling indication that has a corresponding relationship with the second indication field. One of the activation code points.
作为本公开实施例的一种实现方式,各第二信令与第一指示域或者第二指示域之间的对应关系,是采用下列中的一种方式确定:第二信令与第一指示域或者第二指示域之间关联有相同的TRP;或者,第一信令中携带有关联指示信息,关联指示信息用于指示第一信令中的第一指示域或者第二指示域所关联的第二信令。As an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present disclosure, the corresponding relationship between each second signaling and the first indication domain or the second indication domain is determined in one of the following ways: the second signaling and the first indication The same TRP is associated with the domain or the second indication domain; or, the first signaling carries association indication information, and the association indication information is used to indicate that the first indication domain or the second indication domain in the first signaling is associated with the second signaling.
作为本公开实施例的一种实现方式,关联指示信息占用所述第一指示域或所述第二指示域中的至少一个比特位。As an implementation manner of an embodiment of the present disclosure, the association indication information occupies at least one bit in the first indication field or the second indication field.
作为本公开实施例的一种实现方式,第一指示域中包括分别对应不同的第二信令指示的至少两个激活码点;处理模块1320,还用于:针对至少两个激活码点中任意的一个激活码点,查询与一个激活码点对应的第二信令所指示的对应关系,以确定一个激活码点对应的至少一个TCI状态/TCI状态组。As an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present disclosure, the first indication field includes at least two activation code points respectively corresponding to different second signaling indications; the processing module 1320 is also configured to: for at least two activation code points For any activation code point, query the corresponding relationship indicated by the second signaling corresponding to the activation code point to determine at least one TCI state/TCI state group corresponding to the activation code point.
在此需要说明的是,本公开实施例提供的波束指示装置,能够实现上述图1至图9方法实施例所实现的所有方法步骤,且能够达到相同的技术效果,在此不再对本实施例中与方法实施例相同的部分及有益效果进行具体赘述。It should be noted here that the beam indicating device provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure can implement all the method steps implemented in the method embodiments of FIGS. 1 to 9 above, and can achieve the same technical effect. This embodiment will no longer be discussed here. The same parts and beneficial effects as those in the method embodiments will be described in detail.
与上述图10实施例提供的波束指示方法相对应,本公开还提供一种波束指示装置,由于本公开实施例提供的波束指示装置与上述图10实施例提供的波束指示方法相对应,因此在波束指示方法的实施方式也适用于本公开实施例提供的波束指示装置,在本公开实施例中不再详细描述。Corresponding to the beam indicating method provided by the above-mentioned embodiment of FIG. 10, the present disclosure also provides a beam indicating device. Since the beam indicating device provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure corresponds to the beam indicating method provided by the above-mentioned embodiment of FIG. 10, in The implementation of the beam pointing method is also applicable to the beam pointing device provided in the embodiment of the present disclosure, and will not be described in detail in the embodiment of the present disclosure.
图14为本公开实施例所提供的一种波束指示装置的结构示意图。需要说明的是,该波束指示装置可应用于网络设备。Figure 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a beam pointing device provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure. It should be noted that the beam pointing device can be applied to network equipment.
如图14所示,波束指示装置1400包括:发送模块1410。As shown in Figure 14, the beam pointing device 1400 includes: a sending module 1410.
其中,发送模块1410,用于向终端设备发送第一信令;其中,第一信令中包括一个第一指示域,用于终端设备根据一个第一指示域确定至少一个TCI状态/状态组;或者,第一信令中包括多个第二指示域,用于终端设备根据每个第二指示域确定一个TCI状态/状态组,其中,TCI状态用于指示一种波束,TCI状态组用于指示一种波束组。Among them, the sending module 1410 is used to send the first signaling to the terminal device; wherein the first signaling includes a first indication field for the terminal device to determine at least one TCI status/status group according to the first indication field; Alternatively, the first signaling includes multiple second indication fields for the terminal device to determine a TCI status/status group based on each second indication domain, where the TCI status is used to indicate a type of beam, and the TCI status group is used to Indicates a beam group.
作为本公开实施例的一种实现方式,发送模块1410,还用于向终端设备发送第二信令;其中,第二信令用于指示激活码点与TCI状态/TCI状态组之间的对应关系;一个第一指示域,用于终端设备根据第二信令指示的对应关系,确定一个第一指示域中的激活码点对应的至少一个TCI状态/TCI状态组;每个第二指示域,用于终端设备根据第二信令指示的对应关系,确定每个第二指示域中的激活码点对应的一个TCI状态/TCI状态组。As an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present disclosure, the sending module 1410 is also used to send second signaling to the terminal device; wherein the second signaling is used to indicate the correspondence between the activation code point and the TCI status/TCI status group Relationship; a first indication field, used by the terminal device to determine at least one TCI status/TCI status group corresponding to the activation code point in the first indication domain according to the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication; each second indication field , used by the terminal device to determine a TCI state/TCI state group corresponding to the activation code point in each second indication field according to the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication.
作为本公开实施例的一种实现方式,第二信令指示的激活码点中包括第一激活码点,第一激活码点对应的TCI状态/状态组为多个。As an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present disclosure, the activation code point indicated by the second signaling includes the first activation code point, and the first activation code point corresponds to multiple TCI states/state groups.
作为本公开实施例的一种实现方式,第一激活码点对应的每个TCI状态/状态组与TRP具有关联关系,用于终端设备基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定第一指示域中的激活码点为第一激活码点的情况下,根据第一激活码点对应的多个TCI状态/状态组,以及每个TCI状态/状态组所关联TRP,确定多个TRP的TCI状态/状态组。As an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present disclosure, each TCI state/state group corresponding to the first activation code point has an association relationship with the TRP, which is used by the terminal device to determine the first indication domain based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication. When the activation code point is the first activation code point, the TCI status/state of the multiple TRPs is determined based on the multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point and the TRP associated with each TCI state/state group. status group.
作为本公开实施例的一种实现方式,每个第二指示域与TRP具有关联关系,用于终端设备基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定至少一个第二指示域指示的激活码点为第一激活码点的情况下,从第一激活码点对应的多个TCI状态/状态组中确定一个生效TCI状态/状态组;根据生效TCI状态/状态组,确定至少一个第二指示域所关联的TRP的TCI状态/状态组。As an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present disclosure, each second indication domain has an association relationship with the TRP, which is used by the terminal device to determine that the activation code point indicated by at least one second indication domain is the first based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication. In the case of an activation code point, determine an effective TCI state/state group from multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point; determine at least one second indication domain associated with it based on the effective TCI state/state group. TCI status/status group of the TRP.
作为本公开实施例的一种实现方式,第一激活码点对应的每个TCI状态/状态组与TRP具有关联关系,用于终端设备基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定至少一个第二指示域指示的激活码点为第一激活码点的情况下,从第一激活码点对应的多个TCI状态/状态组中确定一个生效TCI状态/状态组;根据生效TCI状态/状态组,确定生效TCI状态/状态组所关联的TRP的TCI状态/状态组。As an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present disclosure, each TCI state/state group corresponding to the first activation code point has an association relationship with the TRP, which is used by the terminal device to determine at least one second indication based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication. When the activation code point indicated by the domain is the first activation code point, an effective TCI state/state group is determined from the multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point; based on the effective TCI state/state group, determine The TCI status/status group of the TRP associated with the effective TCI status/status group.
作为本公开实施例的一种实现方式,生效TCI状态/状态组是下列中的一种:第一激活码点对应的多个TCI状态/状态组中,符合设定排序位置的TCI状态/状态组;或,第一激活码点对应的多个TCI状态/状态组中,TRP关联的TCI状态/状态组,该TRP与第二指示域关联的TRP相同。 As an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present disclosure, the effective TCI state/state group is one of the following: among the multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point, the TCI state/state that meets the set sorting position group; or, among the multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point, the TCI state/state group associated with the TRP is the same as the TRP associated with the second indication domain.
作为本公开实施例的一种实现方式,第二信令指示的激活码点中包括第二激活码点,第二激活码点对应的TCI状态/状态组为一个。As an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present disclosure, the activation code point indicated by the second signaling includes a second activation code point, and the second activation code point corresponds to one TCI state/state group.
作为本公开实施例的一种实现方式,第二激活码点对应的TCI状态/状态组,用于终端设备基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定至少一个第二指示域指示的激活码点为第二激活码点的情况下,根据第二激活码点对应的TCI状态/状态组,确定至少一个第二指示域关联的TRP的TCI状态/状态组。As an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present disclosure, the TCI state/state group corresponding to the second activation code point is used by the terminal device to determine the activation code point indicated by at least one second indication field based on the correspondence relationship of the second signaling indication. In the case of a second activation code point, the TCI status/status group of at least one TRP associated with the second indication domain is determined based on the TCI status/status group corresponding to the second activation code point.
作为本公开实施例的一种实现方式,第二激活码点,用于:在第一信令中包括一个第一指示域,且基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定第一指示域中的激活码点为第二激活码点的情况下,将终端设备从多TRP切换为设定的单TRP;或者,在第一信令中包括一个第一指示域,且基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定第一指示域中的激活码点为所述第二激活码点的情况下,基于第二激活码点关联的第一切换信息,将终端设备从多TRP切换为单TRP;或者,在第一信令中包括一个第一指示域,且基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定第一指示域中的激活码点为所述第二激活码点的情况下,基于第一信令中携带的第二切换信息,将终端设备从多TRP切换为单TRP;或者,在第一信令中包括多个第二指示域,且基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定多个第二指示域中的第二激活码点符合设定条件的情况下,基于设定条件对应的切换策略将终端设备从多TRP切换为单TRP。As an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present disclosure, the second activation code point is used to: include a first indication field in the first signaling, and determine the first indication field in the first indication field based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication. When the activation code point is the second activation code point, switch the terminal device from multiple TRPs to the set single TRP; or, include a first indication field in the first signaling, and based on the second signaling indication When the corresponding relationship determines that the activation code point in the first indication field is the second activation code point, switch the terminal device from multiple TRPs to a single TRP based on the first switching information associated with the second activation code points; or, In the case where the first signaling includes a first indication field, and the activation code point in the first indication field is determined to be the second activation code point based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication, based on the first signaling The second switching information carried in the first signaling switches the terminal device from multiple TRPs to a single TRP; or, the first signaling includes multiple second indication fields, and determines the multiple second indication fields based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indications. When the second activation code point in the indication domain meets the set conditions, the terminal device is switched from multi-TRP to single TRP based on the switching policy corresponding to the set conditions.
作为本公开实施例的一种实现方式,第二激活码点,用于:在第一信令中包括一个第一指示域,且基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定第一指示域中的激活码点为第二激活码点的情况下,根据第二激活码点对应的TCI状态/状态组,更新所述终端设备采用的多个TRP中一个TRP的TCI状态/状态组;或者,在所述第一信令中包括一个第一指示域,且基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定第一指示域中的激活码点为所述第二激活码点的情况下,基于第二激活码点关联的第一更新信息,更新终端设备采用的多个TRP中一个TRP的TCI状态/状态组;或者,在第一信令中包括一个第一指示域,且基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定第一指示域中的激活码点为第二激活码点的情况下,基于第一信令中携带的第二更新信息,更新终端设备采用的多个TRP中一个TRP的TCI状态/状态组;或者,在第一信令中包括多个第二指示域,且基于第二信令指示的对应关系确定多个第二指示域中的第二激活码点符合设定条件的情况下,基于设定条件对应的更新策略,更新终端设备采用的多个TRP中一个TRP的TCI状态/状态组。As an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present disclosure, the second activation code point is used to: include a first indication field in the first signaling, and determine the first indication field in the first indication field based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication. When the activation code point is the second activation code point, update the TCI status/status group of one TRP among the multiple TRPs used by the terminal device according to the TCI status/status group corresponding to the second activation code point; or, in If the first signaling includes a first indication field, and the activation code point in the first indication field is determined to be the second activation code point based on the correspondence relationship of the second signaling indication, based on the second activation The first update information associated with the code point updates the TCI status/status group of one TRP among the multiple TRPs used by the terminal device; or, a first indication field is included in the first signaling, and the TCI status/status group is based on the second signaling indication. When the corresponding relationship determines that the activation code point in the first indication field is the second activation code point, based on the second update information carried in the first signaling, the TCI status of one TRP among the multiple TRPs adopted by the terminal device is updated/ Status group; or, when the first signaling includes multiple second indication fields, and it is determined based on the correspondence between the second signaling indications that the second activation code points in the multiple second indication fields meet the setting conditions. , based on the update strategy corresponding to the set conditions, update the TCI status/status group of one TRP among the multiple TRPs used by the terminal device.
作为本公开实施例的一种实现方式,第二信令为多个,各第二信令与第一指示域或者第二指示域之间存在对应关系;第一指示域中的激活码点,是与第一指示域存在对应关系的第二信令指示的激活码点中的一个;第二指示域中的激活码点,是与第二指示域存在对应关系的第二信令指示的激活码点中的一个。As an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present disclosure, there are multiple second signalings, and there is a corresponding relationship between each second signaling and the first indication domain or the second indication domain; the activation code point in the first indication domain, It is one of the activation code points of the second signaling indication that has a corresponding relationship with the first indication field; the activation code point in the second indication field is the activation of the second signaling indication that has a corresponding relationship with the second indication field. One of the code points.
作为本公开实施例的一种实现方式,各第二信令与第一指示域或者第二指示域之间的对应关系,是采用下列中的一种方式确定:第二信令与第一指示域或者第二指示域之间关联相同的TRP;或者,第一信令中携带有关联指示信息,关联指示信息用于指示第一信令中的第一指示域或者第二指示域所关联的第二信令。As an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present disclosure, the corresponding relationship between each second signaling and the first indication domain or the second indication domain is determined in one of the following ways: the second signaling and the first indication The same TRP is associated with the first indication domain or the second indication domain; or, the first signaling carries association indication information, and the association indication information is used to indicate that the first indication domain or the second indication domain in the first signaling is associated with Second signaling.
作为本公开实施例的一种实现方式,关联指示信息占用所述第一指示域或所述第二指示域中的至少一个比特位。As an implementation manner of an embodiment of the present disclosure, the association indication information occupies at least one bit in the first indication field or the second indication field.
作为本公开实施例的一种实现方式,第一指示域中包括分别对应不同的第二信令指示的至少两个码点;其中,至少两个激活码点中任意的一个激活码点,用于终端设备查询与所述一个激活码点对应的第二信令所指示的对应关系,以确定一个激活码点对应的至少一个TCI状态/TCI状态组。As an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present disclosure, the first indication field includes at least two code points respectively corresponding to different second signaling indications; wherein any one of the at least two activation code points is activated by The terminal device queries the corresponding relationship indicated by the second signaling corresponding to the one activation code point to determine at least one TCI state/TCI state group corresponding to one activation code point.
在此需要说明的是,本公开实施例提供的波束指示装置,能够实现上述图10方法实施例所实现的所有方法步骤,且能够达到相同的技术效果,在此不再对本实施例中与方法实施例相同的部分及有益效果进行具体赘述。It should be noted here that the beam indicating device provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure can implement all the method steps implemented by the method embodiment in Figure 10 and can achieve the same technical effect. The method in this embodiment will no longer be discussed here. The same parts and beneficial effects of the embodiments will be described in detail.
需要说明的是,在本公开各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。It should be noted that each functional unit in various embodiments of the present disclosure can be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit can exist physically alone, or two or more units can be integrated into one unit. The above integrated units can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional units.
集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个处理器可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本公开的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)或处理器(processor)执行本公开各个实施例方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,简称ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,简称RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。The integrated unit may be stored in a processor-readable storage medium if it is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present disclosure is essentially or contributes to the existing technology, or all or part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium , including several instructions to cause a computer device (which can be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) or a processor to execute all or part of the steps of the methods of various embodiments of the present disclosure. The aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk, etc., which can store program code. medium.
为了实现上述实施例,本公开还提出一种处理器可读存储介质。In order to implement the above embodiments, the present disclosure also proposes a processor-readable storage medium.
其中,该处理器可读存储介质存储有计算机程序,该计算机程序用于使该处理器执行本公开图 1至图9任一实施例所述的波束指示方法。Wherein, the processor-readable storage medium stores a computer program, and the computer program is used to cause the processor to execute the figures of the present disclosure. The beam pointing method described in any embodiment of FIG. 1 to FIG. 9 .
其中,处理器可读存储介质可以是处理器能够存取的任何可用介质或数据存储设备,包括但不限于磁性存储器(例如软盘、硬盘、磁带、磁光盘(MO)等)、光学存储器(例如CD、DVD、BD、HVD等)、以及半导体存储器(例如ROM、EPROM、EEPROM、非易失性存储器(NAND FLASH)、固态硬盘(SSD))等。The processor-readable storage medium may be any available media or data storage device that the processor can access, including but not limited to magnetic storage (such as floppy disks, hard disks, magnetic tapes, magneto-optical disks (MO), etc.), optical storage (such as CD, DVD, BD, HVD, etc.), and semiconductor memories (such as ROM, EPROM, EEPROM, non-volatile memory (NAND FLASH), solid state drive (SSD)), etc.
为了实现上述实施例,本公开还提出一种处理器可读存储介质。In order to implement the above embodiments, the present disclosure also proposes a processor-readable storage medium.
其中,该处理器可读存储介质存储有计算机程序,该计算机程序用于使该处理器执行本公开图10实施例所述的波束指示方法。Wherein, the processor-readable storage medium stores a computer program, and the computer program is used to cause the processor to execute the beam pointing method described in the embodiment of FIG. 10 of the present disclosure.
其中,所述处理器可读存储介质可以是处理器能够存取的任何可用介质或数据存储设备,包括但不限于磁性存储器(例如软盘、硬盘、磁带、磁光盘(MO)等)、光学存储器(例如CD、DVD、BD、HVD等)、以及半导体存储器(例如ROM、EPROM、EEPROM、非易失性存储器(NAND FLASH)、固态硬盘(SSD))等。Wherein, the processor-readable storage medium may be any available media or data storage device that the processor can access, including but not limited to magnetic storage (such as floppy disks, hard disks, magnetic tapes, magneto-optical disks (MO), etc.), optical storage (such as CD, DVD, BD, HVD, etc.), and semiconductor memory (such as ROM, EPROM, EEPROM, non-volatile memory (NAND FLASH), solid state drive (SSD)), etc.
本领域内的技术人员应明白,本公开的实施例可提供为方法、系统、或计算机程序产品。因此,本公开可采用完全硬件实施例、完全软件实施例、或结合软件和硬件方面的实施例的形式。而且,本公开可采用在一个或多个其中包含有计算机可用程序代码的计算机可用存储介质(包括但不限于磁盘存储器和光学存储器等)上实施的计算机程序产品的形式。Those skilled in the art will appreciate that embodiments of the present disclosure may be provided as methods, systems, or computer program products. Accordingly, the present disclosure may take the form of an entirely hardware embodiment, an entirely software embodiment, or an embodiment that combines software and hardware aspects. Furthermore, the present disclosure may take the form of a computer program product embodied on one or more computer-usable storage media (including, but not limited to, magnetic disk storage, optical storage, and the like) embodying computer-usable program code therein.
本公开是参照根据本公开实施例的方法、设备(系统)、和计算机程序产品的流程图和/或方框图来描述的。应理解可由计算机可执行指令实现流程图和/或方框图中的每一流程和/或方框、以及流程图和/或方框图中的流程和/或方框的结合。可提供这些计算机可执行指令到通用计算机、专用计算机、嵌入式处理机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器以产生一个机器,使得通过计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器执行的指令产生用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的装置。The disclosure is described with reference to flowchart illustrations and/or block diagrams of methods, apparatus (systems), and computer program products according to embodiments of the disclosure. It will be understood that each process and/or block in the flowchart illustrations and/or block diagrams, and combinations of processes and/or blocks in the flowchart illustrations and/or block diagrams, can be implemented by computer-executable instructions. These computer-executable instructions may be provided to a processor of a general-purpose computer, special-purpose computer, embedded processor, or other programmable data processing device to produce a machine such that the instructions executed by the processor of the computer or other programmable data processing device produce Means for implementing the functions specified in a process or processes of a flowchart and/or a block or blocks of a block diagram.
这些处理器可执行指令也可存储在能引导计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备以特定方式工作的处理器可读存储器中,使得存储在该处理器可读存储器中的指令产生包括指令装置的制造品,该指令装置实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能。These processor-executable instructions may also be stored in a processor-readable memory that causes a computer or other programmable data processing apparatus to operate in a particular manner, such that the generation of instructions stored in the processor-readable memory includes the manufacture of the instruction means product, the instruction device implements the function specified in one process or multiple processes in the flow chart and/or one block or multiple blocks in the block diagram.
这些处理器可执行指令也可装载到计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备上,使得在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行一系列操作步骤以产生计算机实现的处理,从而在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行的指令提供用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的步骤。These processor-executable instructions may also be loaded onto a computer or other programmable data processing device, causing a series of operational steps to be performed on the computer or other programmable device to produce computer-implemented processing, thereby causing the computer or other programmable device to The instructions that are executed provide steps for implementing the functions specified in a process or processes of the flowchart diagrams and/or a block or blocks of the block diagrams.
显然,本领域的技术人员可以对本公开进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本公开的精神和范围。这样,倘若本公开的这些修改和变型属于本申请权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内,则本公开也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。 Obviously, those skilled in the art can make various changes and modifications to the present disclosure without departing from the spirit and scope of the disclosure. In this way, if these modifications and variations of the present disclosure fall within the scope of the claims of this application and its equivalent technology, the present disclosure is also intended to include these modifications and variations.

Claims (36)

  1. 一种波束指示方法,由终端设备执行并且包括:A beam indication method is performed by a terminal device and includes:
    接收网络设备发送的第一信令;Receive the first signaling sent by the network device;
    在所述第一信令中包括一个第一指示域的情况下,根据所述一个第一指示域确定至少一个TCI状态/状态组;In the case where the first signaling includes a first indication field, determine at least one TCI status/status group according to the first indication field;
    在所述第一信令中包括多个第二指示域的情况下,根据每个所述第二指示域确定一个TCI状态/状态组;In the case where the first signaling includes multiple second indication fields, determine a TCI status/status group based on each of the second indication fields;
    其中,所述TCI状态用于指示一种波束,所述TCI状态组用于指示一种波束组。Wherein, the TCI status is used to indicate a type of beam, and the TCI status group is used to indicate a type of beam group.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,还包括:The method of claim 1, further comprising:
    接收网络设备发送的第二信令,所述第二信令用于指示激活码点与TCI状态/状态组之间的对应关系;Receive second signaling sent by the network device, where the second signaling is used to indicate the correspondence between the activation code point and the TCI status/status group;
    所述根据所述一个第一指示域确定至少一个TCI状态/状态组,包括:根据所述第二信令指示的对应关系,确定所述一个第一指示域中的激活码点对应的至少一个TCI状态/状态组;Determining at least one TCI status/status group based on the one first indication domain includes: determining at least one activation code point corresponding to the one first indication domain based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication. TCI status/status group;
    所述根据每个所述第二指示域确定一个TCI状态/状态组,包括:根据所述第二信令指示的对应关系,确定每个所述第二指示域中的激活码点对应的一个TCI状态/状态组。Determining a TCI status/status group based on each of the second indication fields includes: determining a corresponding activation code point in each of the second indication fields based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indications. TCI status/status group.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其中,所述第二信令指示的所述激活码点中包括第一激活码点,所述第一激活码点对应的TCI状态/状态组为多个。The method according to claim 2, wherein the activation code points indicated by the second signaling include a first activation code point, and the first activation code point corresponds to multiple TCI states/state groups.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其中,所述第一激活码点对应的每个所述TCI状态/状态组与TRP具有关联关系;The method according to claim 3, wherein each TCI status/status group corresponding to the first activation code point has an associated relationship with a TRP;
    所述根据所述第二信令指示的对应关系,确定所述一个第一指示域中的激活码点对应的至少一个TCI状态/状态组,包括:Determining at least one TCI state/state group corresponding to the activation code point in the one first indication field according to the correspondence relationship of the second signaling indication includes:
    基于所述第二信令指示的对应关系确定所述第一指示域中的激活码点为所述第一激活码点的情况下,根据所述第一激活码点对应的多个TCI状态/状态组,以及每个所述TCI状态/状态组所关联TRP,确定多个TRP的TCI状态/状态组。When it is determined that the activation code point in the first indication field is the first activation code point based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication, multiple TCI states corresponding to the first activation code point/ The status group, and the TRP associated with each said TCI status/status group, determine the TCI status/status group of the multiple TRPs.
  5. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其中,每个所述第二指示域与TRP具有关联关系;The method according to claim 3, wherein each of the second indication fields has an associated relationship with a TRP;
    所述根据所述第二信令指示的对应关系,确定每个所述第二指示域中的激活码点对应的一个TCI状态/状态组,包括:Determining a TCI state/state group corresponding to each activation code point in the second indication field according to the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication includes:
    基于所述第二信令指示的对应关系确定至少一个所述第二指示域指示的激活码点为所述第一激活码点的情况下,从所述第一激活码点对应的多个TCI状态/状态组中确定一个生效TCI状态/状态组;When it is determined that at least one activation code point indicated by the second indication field is the first activation code point based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication, multiple TCIs corresponding to the first activation code point are Determine an effective TCI status/status group among the status/status groups;
    根据所述生效TCI状态/状态组,确定所述至少一个第二指示域所关联的TRP的TCI状态/状态组。The TCI status/status group of the TRP associated with the at least one second indication domain is determined according to the effective TCI status/status group.
  6. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其中,所述第一激活码点对应的每个所述TCI状态/状态组与TRP具有关联关系;The method according to claim 3, wherein each TCI status/status group corresponding to the first activation code point has an associated relationship with a TRP;
    所述根据所述第二信令指示的对应关系,确定每个所述第二指示域中的激活码点对应的一个TCI状态/状态组,包括:Determining a TCI state/state group corresponding to each activation code point in the second indication field according to the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication includes:
    基于所述第二信令指示的对应关系确定至少一个所述第二指示域指示的激活码点为所述第一激活码点的情况下,从所述第一激活码点对应的多个TCI状态/状态组中确定一个生效TCI状态/状态组;When it is determined that at least one activation code point indicated by the second indication field is the first activation code point based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication, multiple TCIs corresponding to the first activation code point are Determine an effective TCI status/status group among the status/status groups;
    根据所述生效TCI状态/状态组,确定所述生效TCI状态/状态组所关联的TRP的TCI状态/状态组。According to the effective TCI state/state group, the TCI state/state group of the TRP associated with the effective TCI state/state group is determined.
  7. 根据权利要求5或6所述的方法,其中,所述生效TCI状态/状态组是下列中的一种:The method according to claim 5 or 6, wherein the effective TCI state/state group is one of the following:
    所述第一激活码点对应的多个TCI状态/状态组中,符合设定排序位置的TCI状态/状态组;或,Among the multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point, the TCI state/state group that meets the set sorting position; or,
    所述第一激活码点对应的多个TCI状态/状态组中,TRP关联的TCI状态/状态组,所述TRP与所述第二指示域所关联的TRP相同。Among the multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point, the TCI state/state group associated with the TRP is the same as the TRP associated with the second indication field.
  8. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其中,所述第二信令指示的激活码点中包括第二激活码点,所述第二激活码点对应的TCI状态/状态组为一个。The method according to claim 2, wherein the activation code points indicated by the second signaling include a second activation code point, and the second activation code point corresponds to one TCI state/state group.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其中,所述根据所述第二信令指示的对应关系,确定每个所述第二指示域中的激活码点对应的一个TCI状态/状态组,包括:The method according to claim 8, wherein determining a TCI state/state group corresponding to each activation code point in the second indication field according to the correspondence relationship of the second signaling indication includes:
    基于所述第二信令指示的对应关系确定至少一个所述第二指示域指示的激活码点为所述第二激活码点的情况下,根据所述第二激活码点对应的TCI状态/状态组,确定所述至少一个第二指示域关联的TRP的TCI状态/状态组。When it is determined that at least one activation code point indicated by the second indication field is the second activation code point based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication, according to the TCI status corresponding to the second activation code point/ The status group determines the TCI status/status group of the TRP associated with the at least one second indication domain.
  10. 根据权利要求8或9所述的方法,还包括:在所述第一信令中包括一个第一指示域,且基 于所述第二信令指示的对应关系确定所述第一指示域中的激活码点为所述第二激活码点的情况下,将所述终端设备从多TRP切换为设定的单TRP;或者,The method according to claim 8 or 9, further comprising: including a first indication field in the first signaling, and based on When the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication determines that the activation code point in the first indication field is the second activation code point, switch the terminal device from multiple TRPs to the set single TRP. ;or,
    在所述第一信令中包括一个第一指示域,且基于所述第二信令指示的对应关系确定所述第一指示域中的激活码点为所述第二激活码点的情况下,基于所述第二信令指示的所述第二激活码点关联的第一切换信息,将所述终端设备从多TRP切换为单TRP;或者,When the first signaling includes a first indication field, and the activation code point in the first indication field is determined to be the second activation code point based on the correspondence relationship of the second signaling indication. , based on the first switching information associated with the second activation code point indicated by the second signaling, switching the terminal device from multi-TRP to single TRP; or,
    在所述第一信令中包括一个第一指示域,且基于所述第二信令指示的对应关系确定所述第一指示域中的激活码点为所述第二激活码点的情况下,基于所述第一信令中携带的第二切换信息,将所述终端设备从多TRP切换为单TRP;或者,When the first signaling includes a first indication field, and the activation code point in the first indication field is determined to be the second activation code point based on the correspondence relationship of the second signaling indication. , based on the second switching information carried in the first signaling, switch the terminal device from multi-TRP to single TRP; or,
    在所述第一信令中包括多个第二指示域,且基于所述第二信令指示的对应关系确定所述多个第二指示域中的第二激活码点符合设定条件的情况下,基于所述设定条件对应的切换策略将所述终端设备从多TRP切换为单TRP。The first signaling includes a plurality of second indication fields, and it is determined based on the correspondence between the second signaling indications that the second activation code points in the plurality of second indication fields meet the setting conditions. Next, the terminal device is switched from multi-TRP to single TRP based on the switching policy corresponding to the set condition.
  11. 根据权利要求8或9所述的方法,还包括:The method according to claim 8 or 9, further comprising:
    在所述第一信令中包括一个第一指示域,且基于所述第二信令指示的对应关系确定所述第一指示域中的激活码点为所述第二激活码点的情况下,根据所述第二激活码点对应的TCI状态/状态组,更新所述终端设备采用的多个TRP中一个TRP的TCI状态/状态组;或者,When the first signaling includes a first indication field, and the activation code point in the first indication field is determined to be the second activation code point based on the correspondence relationship of the second signaling indication. , update the TCI status/status group of one TRP among the multiple TRPs used by the terminal device according to the TCI status/status group corresponding to the second activation code point; or,
    在所述第一信令中包括一个第一指示域,且基于所述第二信令指示的对应关系确定所述第一指示域中的激活码点为所述第二激活码点的情况下,基于所述第二信令指示的所述第二激活码点关联的第一更新信息,更新所述终端设备采用的多个TRP中一个TRP的TCI状态/状态组;或者,When the first signaling includes a first indication field, and the activation code point in the first indication field is determined to be the second activation code point based on the correspondence relationship of the second signaling indication. , based on the first update information associated with the second activation code point indicated by the second signaling, update the TCI status/status group of one TRP among the multiple TRPs adopted by the terminal device; or,
    在所述第一信令中包括一个第一指示域,且基于所述第二信令指示的对应关系确定所述第一指示域中的激活码点为所述第二激活码点的情况下,基于所述第一信令中携带的第二更新信息,更新所述终端设备采用的多个TRP中一个TRP的TCI状态/状态组;或者,When the first signaling includes a first indication field, and the activation code point in the first indication field is determined to be the second activation code point based on the correspondence relationship of the second signaling indication. , based on the second update information carried in the first signaling, update the TCI status/status group of one TRP among the multiple TRPs adopted by the terminal device; or,
    在所述第一信令中包括多个第二指示域,且基于所述第二信令指示的对应关系确定所述多个第二指示域中的第二激活码点符合设定条件的情况下,基于所述设定条件对应的更新策略,更新所述终端设备采用的多个TRP中一个TRP的TCI状态/状态组。The first signaling includes a plurality of second indication fields, and it is determined based on the correspondence between the second signaling indications that the second activation code points in the plurality of second indication fields meet the setting conditions. Next, based on the update policy corresponding to the set condition, the TCI status/status group of one TRP among the multiple TRPs adopted by the terminal device is updated.
  12. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其中,所述第二信令为多个,各所述第二信令与所述第一指示域或者所述第二指示域之间存在对应关系;The method according to claim 2, wherein there are multiple second signalings, and there is a corresponding relationship between each second signaling and the first indication domain or the second indication domain;
    所述第一指示域中的激活码点,是与所述第一指示域存在对应关系的第二信令指示的激活码点中的一个;The activation code point in the first indication field is one of the activation code points indicated by the second signaling that has a corresponding relationship with the first indication field;
    所述第二指示域中的激活码点,是与所述第二指示域存在对应关系的第二信令指示的激活码点中的一个。The activation code point in the second indication field is one of the activation code points indicated by the second signaling that has a corresponding relationship with the second indication field.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其中,各所述第二信令与所述第一指示域或者所述第二指示域之间的对应关系,是采用下列中的一种方式确定:The method according to claim 12, wherein the corresponding relationship between each second signaling and the first indication field or the second indication field is determined in one of the following ways:
    第二信令与所述第一指示域或者所述第二指示域之间关联有相同的TRP;或者,The second signaling is associated with the same TRP as the first indication domain or the second indication domain; or,
    所述第一信令中携带有关联指示信息,所述关联指示信息用于指示所述第一信令中的所述第一指示域或者所述第二指示域所关联的第二信令。The first signaling carries association indication information, and the association indication information is used to indicate the second signaling associated with the first indication domain or the second indication domain in the first signaling.
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其中,所述关联指示信息占用所述第一指示域或所述第二指示域中的至少一个比特位。The method according to claim 13, wherein the association indication information occupies at least one bit in the first indication field or the second indication field.
  15. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其中,所述第一指示域中包括分别对应不同的第二信令指示的至少两个激活码点;The method according to claim 12, wherein the first indication field includes at least two activation code points respectively corresponding to different second signaling indications;
    所述根据所述第二信令指示的对应关系,确定所述一个第一指示域中的激活码点对应的至少一个TCI状态/状态组,包括:Determining at least one TCI state/state group corresponding to the activation code point in the one first indication field according to the correspondence relationship of the second signaling indication includes:
    针对所述至少两个激活码点中任意的一个激活码点,查询与所述一个激活码点对应的第二信令所指示的对应关系,以确定所述一个激活码点对应的至少一个TCI状态/状态组。For any one of the at least two activation code points, query the corresponding relationship indicated by the second signaling corresponding to the one activation code point to determine at least one TCI corresponding to the one activation code point. Status/StatusGroup.
  16. 一种波束指示方法,由网络设备执行并且包括:A beam pointing method, performed by a network device and including:
    向终端设备发送第一信令;Send the first signaling to the terminal device;
    其中,所述第一信令中包括一个第一指示域,用于所述终端设备根据所述一个第一指示域确定至少一个TCI状态/状态组;或者Wherein, the first signaling includes a first indication field for the terminal device to determine at least one TCI status/status group according to the first indication domain; or
    所述第一信令中包括多个第二指示域,用于所述终端设备根据每个所述第二指示域确定一个TRP的TCI状态/状态组;The first signaling includes a plurality of second indication fields, for the terminal device to determine a TCI status/status group of a TRP based on each of the second indication fields;
    其中,所述TCI状态用于指示一种波束,所述TCI状态组用于指示一种波束组。Wherein, the TCI status is used to indicate a type of beam, and the TCI status group is used to indicate a type of beam group.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,还包括:The method of claim 16, further comprising:
    向所述终端设备发送第二信令;Send second signaling to the terminal device;
    其中,所述第二信令用于指示激活码点与TCI状态/TCI状态组之间的对应关系; Wherein, the second signaling is used to indicate the correspondence between the activation code point and the TCI status/TCI status group;
    所述一个第一指示域,用于所述终端设备根据所述第二信令指示的对应关系,确定所述一个第一指示域中的激活码点对应的至少一个TCI状态/TCI状态组;The first indication field is used by the terminal device to determine at least one TCI state/TCI state group corresponding to the activation code point in the first indication field according to the correspondence relationship of the second signaling indication;
    每个所述第二指示域,用于所述终端设备根据所述第二信令指示的对应关系,确定每个所述第二指示域中的激活码点对应的一个TCI状态/状态组。Each of the second indication fields is used by the terminal device to determine a TCI state/state group corresponding to the activation code point in each of the second indication fields according to the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication.
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的方法,其中,所述第二信令的所述激活码点中包括第一激活码点,所述第一激活码点对应的TCI状态/状态组为多个。The method according to claim 17, wherein the activation code point of the second signaling includes a first activation code point, and the first activation code point corresponds to multiple TCI states/state groups.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 18, wherein:
    所述第一激活码点对应的每个所述TCI状态/状态组与TRP具有关联关系,用于所述终端设备基于所述第二信令指示的对应关系确定所述第一指示域中的激活码点为所述第一激活码点的情况下,根据所述第一激活码点对应的多个TCI状态/状态组,以及每个所述TCI状态/状态组所关联TRP,确定多个TRP的TCI状态/状态组。Each TCI status/status group corresponding to the first activation code point has an association relationship with the TRP, which is used for the terminal device to determine the first indication field in the first indication field based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication. When the activation code point is the first activation code point, multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point and the TRP associated with each TCI state/state group are determined. TCI status/status group of TRP.
  20. 根据权利要求18所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 18, wherein:
    每个所述第二指示域与TRP具有关联关系,用于所述终端设备基于所述第二信令指示的对应关系确定至少一个所述第二指示域指示的激活码点为所述第一激活码点的情况下,从所述第一激活码点对应的多个TCI状态/状态组中确定一个生效TCI状态/状态组;根据所述生效TCI状态/状态组,确定所述至少一个第二指示域所关联的TRP的TCI状态/状态组。Each of the second indication fields has an associated relationship with the TRP, which is used by the terminal device to determine that at least one activation code point indicated by the second indication field is the first activation code point based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication. In the case of activating code points, determine an effective TCI state/state group from multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point; determine the at least one first TCI state/state group based on the effective TCI state/state group. 2. Indicates the TCI status/status group of the TRP associated with the domain.
  21. 根据权利要求18所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 18, wherein:
    所述第一激活码点对应的每个所述TCI状态/状态组与TRP具有关联关系,用于在所述终端设备基于所述第二信令指示的对应关系确定至少一个所述第二指示域指示的激活码点为所述第一激活码点的情况下,从所述第一激活码点对应的多个TCI状态/状态组中确定一个生效TCI状态/状态组;根据所述生效TCI状态/状态组,确定所述生效TCI状态/状态组所关联的TRP的TCI状态/状态组。Each of the TCI states/status groups corresponding to the first activation code point has an association relationship with the TRP, which is used to determine at least one of the second indications at the terminal device based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indications. When the activation code point indicated by the domain is the first activation code point, an effective TCI state/state group is determined from multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point; according to the effective TCI Status/status group determines the TCI status/status group of the TRP associated with the effective TCI status/status group.
  22. 根据权利要求20或21所述的方法,其中,所述生效TCI状态/状态组是下列中的一种:The method according to claim 20 or 21, wherein the effective TCI state/state group is one of the following:
    所述第一激活码点对应的多个TCI状态/状态组中,符合设定排序位置的TCI状态/状态组;或,Among the multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point, the TCI state/state group that meets the set sorting position; or,
    所述第一激活码点对应的多个TCI状态/状态组中,TRP关联的TCI状态/状态组,所述TRP与所述第二指示域关联的TRP相同。Among the multiple TCI states/state groups corresponding to the first activation code point, the TCI state/state group associated with the TRP is the same as the TRP associated with the second indication domain.
  23. 根据权利要求17所述的方法,其中,所述第二信令指示的激活码点中包括第二激活码点,所述第二激活码点对应的TCI状态/状态组为一个。The method according to claim 17, wherein the activation code points indicated by the second signaling include a second activation code point, and the second activation code point corresponds to one TCI state/state group.
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 23, wherein:
    所述第二激活码点对应的TCI状态/状态组,用于所述终端设备基于所述第二信令指示的对应关系确定至少一个所述第二指示域指示的激活码点为所述第二激活码点的情况下,根据所述第二激活码点对应的TCI状态/状态组,确定所述至少一个第二指示域关联的TRP的TCI状态/状态组。The TCI status/status group corresponding to the second activation code point is used by the terminal device to determine that at least one activation code point indicated by the second indication field is the third activation code point based on the correspondence relationship of the second signaling indication. In the case of two activation code points, the TCI status/status group of the TRP associated with the at least one second indication domain is determined based on the TCI status/status group corresponding to the second activation code point.
  25. 根据权利要求23或24所述的方法,其中,所述第二激活码点,用于:The method according to claim 23 or 24, wherein the second activation code point is used for:
    在所述第一信令中包括一个第一指示域,且基于所述第二信令指示的对应关系确定所述第一指示域中的激活码点为所述第二激活码点的情况下,将所述终端设备从多TRP切换为设定的单TRP;或者,When the first signaling includes a first indication field, and the activation code point in the first indication field is determined to be the second activation code point based on the correspondence relationship of the second signaling indication. , switch the terminal device from multiple TRPs to the set single TRP; or,
    在所述第一信令中包括一个第一指示域,且基于所述第二信令指示的对应关系确定所述第一指示域中的激活码点为所述第二激活码点的情况下,基于所述第二信令指示的所述第二激活码点关联的第一切换信息,将所述终端设备从多TRP切换为单TRP;或者,When the first signaling includes a first indication field, and the activation code point in the first indication field is determined to be the second activation code point based on the correspondence relationship of the second signaling indication. , based on the first switching information associated with the second activation code point indicated by the second signaling, switching the terminal device from multi-TRP to single TRP; or,
    在所述第一信令中包括一个第一指示域,且基于所述第二信令指示的对应关系确定所述第一指示域中的激活码点为所述第二激活码点的情况下,基于所述第一信令中携带的第二切换信息,将所述终端设备从多TRP切换为单TRP;或者,When the first signaling includes a first indication field, and the activation code point in the first indication field is determined to be the second activation code point based on the correspondence relationship of the second signaling indication. , based on the second switching information carried in the first signaling, switch the terminal device from multi-TRP to single TRP; or,
    在所述第一信令中包括多个第二指示域,且基于所述第二信令指示的对应关系确定所述多个第二指示域中的第二激活码点符合设定条件的情况下,基于所述设定条件对应的切换策略将所述终端设备从多TRP切换为单TRP。The first signaling includes a plurality of second indication fields, and it is determined based on the correspondence between the second signaling indications that the second activation code points in the plurality of second indication fields meet the setting conditions. Next, the terminal device is switched from multi-TRP to single TRP based on the switching policy corresponding to the set condition.
  26. 根据权利要求23或24所述的方法,其中,所述第二激活码点,用于:The method according to claim 23 or 24, wherein the second activation code point is used for:
    在所述第一信令中包括一个第一指示域,且基于所述第二信令指示的对应关系确定所述第一指示域中的激活码点为所述第二激活码点的情况下,根据所述第二激活码点对应的TCI状态/状态组,更新所述终端设备采用的多个TRP中一个TRP的TCI状态/状态组;或者,When the first signaling includes a first indication field, and the activation code point in the first indication field is determined to be the second activation code point based on the correspondence relationship of the second signaling indication. , update the TCI status/status group of one TRP among the multiple TRPs used by the terminal device according to the TCI status/status group corresponding to the second activation code point; or,
    在所述第一信令中包括一个第一指示域,且基于所述第二信令指示的对应关系确定所述第一指示域中的激活码点为所述第二激活码点的情况下,基于所述第二信令指示的所述第二激活码点关联的第一更新信息,更新所述终端设备采用的多个TRP中一个TRP的TCI状态/状态组;或者,When the first signaling includes a first indication field, and the activation code point in the first indication field is determined to be the second activation code point based on the correspondence relationship of the second signaling indication. , based on the first update information associated with the second activation code point indicated by the second signaling, update the TCI status/status group of one TRP among the multiple TRPs adopted by the terminal device; or,
    在所述第一信令中包括一个第一指示域,且基于所述第二信令指示的对应关系确定所述第一指 示域中的激活码点为所述第二激活码点的情况下,基于所述第一信令中携带的第二更新信息,更新所述终端设备采用的多个TRP中一个TRP的TCI状态/状态组;或者,The first signaling includes a first indication field, and the first indication is determined based on the corresponding relationship of the second signaling indication. When the activation code point in the display domain is the second activation code point, based on the second update information carried in the first signaling, the TCI status of one TRP among the multiple TRPs adopted by the terminal device is updated. /status group; or,
    在所述第一信令中包括多个第二指示域,且基于所述第二信令指示的对应关系确定所述多个第二指示域中的第二激活码点符合设定条件的情况下,基于所述设定条件对应的更新策略,更新所述终端设备采用的多个TRP中一个TRP的TCI状态/状态组。The first signaling includes a plurality of second indication fields, and it is determined based on the correspondence between the second signaling indications that the second activation code points in the plurality of second indication fields meet the setting conditions. Next, based on the update policy corresponding to the set condition, the TCI status/status group of one TRP among the multiple TRPs adopted by the terminal device is updated.
  27. 根据权利要求17所述的方法,其中,所述第二信令为多个,各所述第二信令与所述第一指示域或者所述第二指示域之间存在对应关系;The method according to claim 17, wherein there are multiple second signalings, and there is a corresponding relationship between each second signaling and the first indication domain or the second indication domain;
    所述第一指示域中的激活码点,是与所述第一指示域存在对应关系的第二信令指示的激活码点中的一个;The activation code point in the first indication field is one of the activation code points indicated by the second signaling that has a corresponding relationship with the first indication field;
    所述第二指示域中的激活码点,是与所述第二指示域存在对应关系的第二信令指示的激活码点中的一个。The activation code point in the second indication field is one of the activation code points indicated by the second signaling that has a corresponding relationship with the second indication field.
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的方法,其中,各所述第二信令与所述第一指示域或者所述第二指示域之间的对应关系,是采用下列中的一种方式确定:The method according to claim 27, wherein the corresponding relationship between each second signaling and the first indication field or the second indication field is determined in one of the following ways:
    第二信令与所述第一指示域或者所述第二指示域之间关联相同的TRP;或者,The second signaling is associated with the same TRP as the first indication domain or the second indication domain; or,
    所述第一信令中携带有关联指示信息,所述关联指示信息用于指示所述第一信令中的所述第一指示域或者所述第二指示域所关联的第二信令。The first signaling carries association indication information, and the association indication information is used to indicate the second signaling associated with the first indication domain or the second indication domain in the first signaling.
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的方法,其中,所述关联指示信息占用所述第一指示域或所述第二指示域中的至少一个比特位。The method according to claim 28, wherein the association indication information occupies at least one bit in the first indication field or the second indication field.
  30. 根据权利要求27所述的方法,其中,所述第一指示域中包括分别对应不同的第二信令指示的至少两个码点;所述至少两个激活码点中任意的一个激活码点,用于所述终端设备查询与所述一个激活码点对应的第二信令所指示的对应关系,以确定所述一个激活码点对应的至少一个TCI状态/状态组。The method according to claim 27, wherein the first indication field includes at least two code points respectively corresponding to different second signaling indications; any one of the at least two activation code points activates the code point , used by the terminal device to query the corresponding relationship indicated by the second signaling corresponding to the one activation code point, to determine at least one TCI state/state group corresponding to the one activation code point.
  31. 一种终端设备,包括存储器,收发机,处理器:A terminal device, including memory, transceiver, and processor:
    存储器,用于存储计算机程序;收发机,用于在所述处理器的控制下收发数据;处理器,用于读取所述存储器中的计算机程序并执行以下操作:Memory, used to store computer programs; transceiver, used to send and receive data under the control of the processor; processor, used to read the computer program in the memory and perform the following operations:
    接收网络设备发送的第一信令;Receive the first signaling sent by the network device;
    在所述第一信令中包括一个第一指示域的情况下,根据所述一个第一指示域确定至少一个TCI状态/状态组;In the case where the first signaling includes a first indication field, determine at least one TCI status/status group according to the first indication field;
    在所述第一信令中包括多个第二指示域的情况下,根据每个所述第二指示域确定一个TCI状态/状态组;In the case where the first signaling includes multiple second indication fields, determine a TCI status/status group based on each of the second indication fields;
    其中,所述TCI状态用于指示一种波束,所述TCI状态组用于指示一种波束组。Wherein, the TCI status is used to indicate a type of beam, and the TCI status group is used to indicate a type of beam group.
  32. 一种网络设备,包括存储器,收发机,处理器:A network device, including memory, transceiver, and processor:
    存储器,用于存储计算机程序;收发机,用于在所述处理器的控制下收发数据;处理器,用于读取所述存储器中的计算机程序并执行以下操作:Memory, used to store computer programs; transceiver, used to send and receive data under the control of the processor; processor, used to read the computer program in the memory and perform the following operations:
    向终端设备发送第一信令;Send the first signaling to the terminal device;
    其中,所述第一信令中包括一个第一指示域,用于所述终端设备根据所述一个第一指示域确定至少一个TCI状态/状态组;或者,所述第一信令中包括多个第二指示域,用于所述终端设备根据每个所述第二指示域确定一个TCI状态/状态组;Wherein, the first signaling includes a first indication field for the terminal device to determine at least one TCI status/status group according to the first indication domain; or, the first signaling includes multiple a second indication field, for the terminal device to determine a TCI status/status group according to each of the second indication fields;
    其中,所述TCI状态用于指示一种波束,所述TCI状态组用于指示一种波束组。Wherein, the TCI status is used to indicate a type of beam, and the TCI status group is used to indicate a type of beam group.
  33. 一种波束指示装置,包括:A beam pointing device, including:
    接收模块,用于接收网络设备发送的第一信令;A receiving module, configured to receive the first signaling sent by the network device;
    处理模块,用于在所述第一信令中包括一个第一指示域的情况下,根据所述一个第一指示域确定至少一个TCI状态/状态组;在所述第一信令中包括多个第二指示域的情况下,根据每个所述第二指示域确定一个TCI状态/状态组;A processing module configured to determine at least one TCI status/status group according to the first indication domain when the first signaling includes a first indication field; the first signaling includes multiple In the case of two second indication fields, determine a TCI status/status group according to each second indication field;
    其中,所述TCI状态用于指示一种波束,所述TCI状态组用于指示一种波束组。Wherein, the TCI status is used to indicate a type of beam, and the TCI status group is used to indicate a type of beam group.
  34. 一种波束指示装置,包括:A beam pointing device, including:
    发送模块,用于向终端设备发送第一信令;A sending module, used to send the first signaling to the terminal device;
    其中,所述第一信令中包括一个第一指示域,用于所述终端设备根据所述一个第一指示域确定至少一个TCI状态/状态组;或者,所述第一信令中包括多个第二指示域,用于所述终端设备根据每个所述第二指示域确定一个TCI状态/状态组;Wherein, the first signaling includes a first indication field for the terminal device to determine at least one TCI status/status group according to the first indication domain; or, the first signaling includes multiple a second indication field, for the terminal device to determine a TCI status/status group according to each of the second indication fields;
    其中,所述TCI状态用于指示一种波束,所述TCI状态组用于指示一种波束组。Wherein, the TCI status is used to indicate a type of beam, and the TCI status group is used to indicate a type of beam group.
  35. 一种处理器可读存储介质,其中,所述处理器可读存储介质存储有计算机程序,所述计算机程序用于使所述处理器执行权利要求1至15中任一项所述的方法,或者执行权利要求16至30 中任一项所述的方法。A processor-readable storage medium, wherein the processor-readable storage medium stores a computer program, the computer program is used to cause the processor to execute the method described in any one of claims 1 to 15, Or implement claims 16 to 30 any one of the methods.
  36. 一种计算机程序产品,包括计算机程序,包括计算机程序,所述计算机程序在被处理器执行时实现权利要求1至15中任一项所述的方法,或者执行权利要求16至30中任一项所述的方法。 A computer program product, including a computer program, which when executed by a processor implements the method of any one of claims 1 to 15, or performs any one of claims 16 to 30 the method described.
PCT/CN2023/109922 2022-08-09 2023-07-28 Beam indication method and apparatus, and related device WO2024032391A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202210948812.3A CN117639875A (en) 2022-08-09 2022-08-09 Beam indication method and device and related equipment
CN202210948812.3 2022-08-09

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024032391A1 true WO2024032391A1 (en) 2024-02-15

Family

ID=89850816

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/109922 WO2024032391A1 (en) 2022-08-09 2023-07-28 Beam indication method and apparatus, and related device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN117639875A (en)
WO (1) WO2024032391A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111277387A (en) * 2019-04-26 2020-06-12 维沃移动通信有限公司 Indication information transmission method and communication equipment
CN112806083A (en) * 2021-01-07 2021-05-14 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Beam indication method, device and communication equipment
CN114727405A (en) * 2022-05-06 2022-07-08 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 Indication method, device, terminal, base station and storage medium for transmission configuration indication
CN114828239A (en) * 2021-01-18 2022-07-29 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Beam indication method, device and storage medium

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111277387A (en) * 2019-04-26 2020-06-12 维沃移动通信有限公司 Indication information transmission method and communication equipment
CN112806083A (en) * 2021-01-07 2021-05-14 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Beam indication method, device and communication equipment
CN114828239A (en) * 2021-01-18 2022-07-29 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Beam indication method, device and storage medium
CN114727405A (en) * 2022-05-06 2022-07-08 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 Indication method, device, terminal, base station and storage medium for transmission configuration indication

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
ZTE: "Further details on Multi-beam and Multi-TRP operation", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-2108877, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG1, no. e-Meeting; 20211011 - 20211019, 1 October 2021 (2021-10-01), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France, XP052057753 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN117639875A (en) 2024-03-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2022028297A1 (en) Method and apparatus for updating master cell of secondary cell group, and storage medium
WO2022083364A1 (en) State parameter processing method and apparatus, and network device
WO2022022684A1 (en) Relay link connection control method and device
WO2022152092A1 (en) Data transmission control method and apparatus
WO2024032391A1 (en) Beam indication method and apparatus, and related device
TW202408182A (en) Method and apparatus for beam indication, related device
WO2024066399A1 (en) Method and apparatus for entering connected state, and terminal and network device
WO2023011529A1 (en) Beam activation time determining method and apparatus, terminal, and network device
WO2022218075A1 (en) Uci cascading determination method and apparatus, and terminal and network-side device
WO2024067158A1 (en) Information determination method, apparatus, terminal and network device
WO2024032477A1 (en) Prs muting method and apparatus, and storage medium
WO2024046092A1 (en) Target cell selection method, configuration method, information transmission method and device
WO2024027450A1 (en) Method and device for keeping secondary node unchanged
WO2024027649A1 (en) Frequency domain resource determination method and apparatus, frequency domain resource indication method and apparatus, terminal, and network device
WO2024032308A1 (en) Ta transmission method and device
WO2024008181A1 (en) Synchronous transmission group determination method, terminal and core network element
WO2023193580A1 (en) Information processing method and apparatus, and readable storage medium
WO2022206409A1 (en) Information reporting method, network side configuration method, apparatus, device and storage medium
WO2023202693A1 (en) Information transmission method and apparatus, network device and terminal
WO2023207397A1 (en) Dci determination method, device and apparatus
WO2022148433A1 (en) Secondary cell group (scg) deactivation configuration method and apparatus, and access network device
WO2022206457A1 (en) Information transmission method and apparatus, device, and storage medium
WO2023241335A1 (en) Multicast service transmission processing method and apparatus
WO2024046272A1 (en) Information transmission method and apparatus, and storage medium
WO2023231767A1 (en) Timing advance value transmission method and apparatus, and storage medium

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23851612

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1